1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 426 CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 435 CorrectedStr); 436 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 437 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 438 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 439 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 440 << II << DC << droppedSpecifier << CorrectedQuotedStr 441 << SS->getRange() 442 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 443 CorrectedStr); 444 } 445 else { 446 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 447 } 448 449 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 450 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 451 452 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 453 false, false, ParsedType(), 454 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 455 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 456 } 457 return true; 458 } 459 460 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 461 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 462 UnqualifiedId Name; 463 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 464 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 465 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 466 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 467 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 468 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 469 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 470 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 471 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 472 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 473 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 474 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 475 } 476 return true; 477 } 478 } 479 480 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 481 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 482 483 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 484 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 485 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 486 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 487 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 488 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 489 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 490 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 491 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 492 493 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 494 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 495 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 496 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 497 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 498 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 499 } else { 500 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 501 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 502 } 503 504 return true; 505 } 506 507 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 508 /// or 509 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 510 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 511 NextToken.is(tok::less); 512 513 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 514 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 515 return true; 516 517 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 518 return true; 519 } 520 521 return false; 522 } 523 524 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 525 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 526 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 527 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 528 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 529 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 530 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 531 const char *TagName = 0; 532 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 533 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 534 case TTK_Class: 535 TagName = "class"; 536 FixItTagName = "class "; 537 break; 538 539 case TTK_Enum: 540 TagName = "enum"; 541 FixItTagName = "enum "; 542 break; 543 544 case TTK_Struct: 545 TagName = "struct"; 546 FixItTagName = "struct "; 547 break; 548 549 case TTK_Interface: 550 TagName = "__interface"; 551 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 552 break; 553 554 case TTK_Union: 555 TagName = "union"; 556 FixItTagName = "union "; 557 break; 558 } 559 560 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 561 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 563 564 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 565 I != IEnd; ++I) 566 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 567 << Name << TagName; 568 569 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 570 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 571 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 572 return true; 573 } 574 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 579 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 580 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 581 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 582 583 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 584 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 585 586 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 587 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 588 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 589 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 590 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 591 } 592 593 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 594 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 595 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 596 SourceLocation NameLoc, 597 const Token &NextToken, 598 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 599 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 600 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 601 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 602 603 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 604 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 605 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 606 607 } 608 609 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 610 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 611 612 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 613 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 614 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 615 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 616 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 617 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 618 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 619 return E; 620 } 621 622 bool SecondTry = false; 623 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 624 625 Corrected: 626 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 627 case LookupResult::NotFound: 628 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 629 // call. 630 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 631 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 632 // FIXME: Reference? 633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 634 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 635 636 // C90 6.3.2.2: 637 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 638 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 639 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 640 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 641 // the function call, the declaration 642 // 643 // extern int identifier (); 644 // 645 // appeared. 646 // 647 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 648 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 649 Result.addDecl(D); 650 Result.resolveKind(); 651 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 652 } 653 } 654 655 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 656 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 657 // "struct", or "union". 658 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 659 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 660 break; 661 } 662 663 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 664 // close to this name. 665 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 666 SecondTry = true; 667 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 668 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 669 &SS, *CCC)) { 670 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 671 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 672 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 673 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 674 675 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 676 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 677 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 679 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 680 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 681 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 682 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 683 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 684 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 685 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 686 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 687 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 688 } 689 690 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 691 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 692 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 693 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 694 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 695 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 698 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << droppedSpecifier 699 << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS.getRange() 700 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 701 CorrectedStr); 702 } 703 704 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 705 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 706 707 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 708 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 709 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 710 711 // Also update the LookupResult... 712 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 713 Result.clear(); 714 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 715 if (FirstDecl) { 716 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 717 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 718 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 719 } 720 721 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 722 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 723 // reference the ivar. 724 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 725 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 726 Result.clear(); 727 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 728 return E; 729 } 730 731 goto Corrected; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 736 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 737 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 738 739 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 740 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 741 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 742 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 743 744 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 745 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 746 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 747 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 748 // qualified by the keyword typename. 749 // 750 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 751 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 752 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 753 // keyword here. 754 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 755 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 756 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 757 } 758 759 case LookupResult::Found: 760 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 761 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 762 break; 763 764 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 766 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 767 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 768 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 769 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 770 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 771 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 772 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 773 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 774 // ambiguous. 775 // 776 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 777 // so try again after filtering out template names. 778 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 779 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 780 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 781 break; 782 } 783 } 784 785 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 786 return NameClassification::Error(); 787 } 788 789 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 790 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 791 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 792 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 793 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 794 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 795 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 796 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 797 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 798 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 799 800 if (!Result.empty()) { 801 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 802 bool IsVarTemplate; 803 TemplateName Template; 804 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 805 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 806 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 807 Result.end()); 808 } else { 809 TemplateDecl *TD 810 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 811 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 812 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 813 814 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 815 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 816 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 817 TD); 818 else 819 Template = TemplateName(TD); 820 } 821 822 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 823 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 824 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 825 // to based on which function we selected. 826 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 827 828 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 829 } 830 831 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 832 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 833 } 834 } 835 836 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 837 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 838 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 839 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 840 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 841 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 842 return ParsedType::make(T); 843 } 844 845 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 846 if (!Class) { 847 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 848 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 849 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 850 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 851 } 852 853 if (Class) { 854 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 855 856 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 857 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 858 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 859 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 860 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 861 } 862 863 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 864 return ParsedType::make(T); 865 } 866 867 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 868 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 869 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 870 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 871 872 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 873 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 874 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 875 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 876 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 877 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 878 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 879 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 880 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 881 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 882 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 883 return ParsedType::make(T); 884 } 885 886 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 887 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 888 889 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 890 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 891 } 892 893 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 894 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 895 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 896 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 897 898 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 899 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 900 // the context we'll need to return to. 901 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 902 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 903 904 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 905 // lexical context. 906 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 907 return DC; 908 909 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 910 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 911 // class is the context we need to return to. 912 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 913 DC = RD; 914 915 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 916 // declared in. 917 return DC; 918 } 919 920 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 921 } 922 923 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 924 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 925 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 926 CurContext = DC; 927 S->setEntity(DC); 928 } 929 930 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 931 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 932 933 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 934 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 935 } 936 937 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 938 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 939 /// 940 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 941 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 942 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 943 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 944 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 945 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 946 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 947 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 948 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 949 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 950 // namespace. 951 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 952 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 953 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 954 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 955 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 956 957 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 958 959 #ifndef NDEBUG 960 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 961 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 962 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 963 #endif 964 965 CurContext = DC; 966 S->setEntity(DC); 967 } 968 969 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 970 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 971 972 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 973 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 974 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 975 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 976 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 977 978 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 979 // disappear. 980 } 981 982 983 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 984 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 985 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 986 // We assume that the caller has already called 987 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 988 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 989 } 990 if (!FD) 991 return; 992 993 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 994 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 995 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 996 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 997 CurContext = FD; 998 S->setEntity(CurContext); 999 1000 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1001 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1002 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1003 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1004 S->AddDecl(Param); 1005 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1006 } 1007 } 1008 } 1009 1010 1011 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1012 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1013 // rather than the top-level class. 1014 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1015 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1016 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1021 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1022 /// 1023 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1024 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1025 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1026 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1027 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1028 /// attribute. 1029 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1030 ASTContext &Context) { 1031 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1032 return true; 1033 1034 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1035 return true; 1036 1037 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1038 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1039 } 1040 1041 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1042 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1043 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1044 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1045 // scope. 1046 while (S->getEntity() && 1047 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1048 S = S->getParent(); 1049 1050 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1051 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1052 // into any context. 1053 if (AddToContext) 1054 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1055 1056 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1057 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1058 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1059 D->isOutOfLine() && 1060 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1061 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1062 return; 1063 1064 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1065 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1066 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1067 return; 1068 1069 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1070 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1071 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1072 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1073 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1074 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1075 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1076 1077 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1078 break; 1079 } 1080 } 1081 1082 S->AddDecl(D); 1083 1084 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1085 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1086 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1087 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1088 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1089 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1090 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1091 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1092 continue; 1093 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1094 break; 1095 } 1096 1097 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1098 } else { 1099 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1100 } 1101 } 1102 1103 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1104 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1105 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1106 } 1107 1108 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1109 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1110 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1111 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1112 } 1113 1114 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1115 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1116 do { 1117 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1118 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1119 return S; 1120 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1121 1122 return 0; 1123 } 1124 1125 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1126 DeclContext*, 1127 ASTContext&); 1128 1129 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1130 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1131 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1132 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1133 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1134 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1135 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1136 while (F.hasNext()) { 1137 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1138 1139 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1140 continue; 1141 1142 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1143 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1144 continue; 1145 1146 F.erase(); 1147 } 1148 1149 F.done(); 1150 } 1151 1152 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1153 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1154 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1155 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1156 } 1157 1158 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1159 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1160 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1161 while (F.hasNext()) 1162 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1163 F.erase(); 1164 1165 F.done(); 1166 } 1167 1168 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1169 /// @code 1170 /// class S { 1171 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1172 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1173 /// }; 1174 /// @endcode 1175 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1176 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1177 // the decl here. 1178 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1179 return false; 1180 1181 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1182 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1183 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1184 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1185 return false; 1186 } 1187 1188 // We need this to handle 1189 // 1190 // typedef struct { 1191 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1192 // } A; 1193 // 1194 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1195 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1196 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1197 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1198 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1199 // not. 1200 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1201 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1202 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1203 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1204 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1205 return true; 1206 } 1207 DC = DC->getParent(); 1208 } 1209 1210 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1211 } 1212 1213 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1214 assert(D); 1215 1216 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1217 return false; 1218 1219 // Ignore class templates. 1220 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1222 return false; 1223 1224 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1225 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1226 return false; 1227 1228 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1229 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else { 1232 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1233 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1234 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1235 // static template functions. 1236 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1237 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1238 return false; 1239 } 1240 1241 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1242 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1243 return false; 1244 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1245 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1246 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1247 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1248 // intended to be used. 1249 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1250 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1251 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1252 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1253 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1257 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1258 return false; 1259 1260 } else { 1261 return false; 1262 } 1263 1264 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1265 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1269 if (!D) 1270 return; 1271 1272 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1273 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1274 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1275 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1276 } 1277 1278 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1279 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1280 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1281 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1282 } 1283 1284 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1285 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1286 } 1287 1288 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1289 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1290 return false; 1291 1292 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1293 return false; 1294 1295 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1296 return true; 1297 1298 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1299 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1300 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1301 return false; 1302 1303 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1304 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1305 1306 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1307 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1308 1309 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1310 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1311 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 } 1314 1315 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1316 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1317 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1318 return false; 1319 1320 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1321 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1322 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1323 return false; 1324 1325 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1326 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1327 return false; 1328 1329 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1330 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1331 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1332 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1333 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1334 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1335 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1336 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1337 return false; 1338 } 1339 } 1340 } 1341 } 1342 1343 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1344 } 1345 1346 return true; 1347 } 1348 1349 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1350 FixItHint &Hint) { 1351 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1352 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1353 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1354 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1355 return; 1356 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1357 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1358 } 1359 return; 1360 } 1361 1362 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1363 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1364 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1365 FixItHint Hint; 1366 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1367 return; 1368 1369 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1370 1371 unsigned DiagID; 1372 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1373 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1374 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1376 else 1377 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1378 1379 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1380 } 1381 1382 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1383 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1384 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1385 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1386 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1387 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1388 } 1389 1390 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1391 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1392 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1393 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1394 1395 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1396 I != E; ++I) { 1397 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1398 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1399 1400 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1401 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1402 1403 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1404 1405 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1406 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1407 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1408 1409 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1410 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1411 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1412 1413 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1414 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1415 } 1416 } 1417 1418 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1419 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1420 } 1421 1422 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1423 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1424 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1425 } 1426 1427 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1428 /// 1429 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1430 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1431 /// to the fixed name. 1432 /// 1433 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1434 /// 1435 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1436 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1437 /// 1438 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1439 /// class could not be found. 1440 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1441 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1442 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1443 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1444 // creation from this context. 1445 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1446 1447 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1448 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1449 // find an Objective-C class name. 1450 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1451 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1452 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1453 Validator)) { 1454 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1455 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1456 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1457 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1458 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1459 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1460 1461 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1462 } 1463 } 1464 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1465 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1466 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1467 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1468 return Def; 1469 } 1470 1471 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1472 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1473 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1474 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1475 /// ill-formed in C++: 1476 /// @code 1477 /// struct S6 { 1478 /// enum { BAR } e; 1479 /// }; 1480 /// 1481 /// void test_S6() { 1482 /// struct S6 a; 1483 /// a.e = BAR; 1484 /// } 1485 /// @endcode 1486 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1487 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1488 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1489 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1490 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1491 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1492 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1493 /// contain non-field names. 1494 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1495 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1496 (S->getEntity() && 1497 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1498 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1499 S = S->getParent(); 1500 return S; 1501 } 1502 1503 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1504 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1505 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1506 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1507 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1508 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1509 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1510 return; 1511 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1512 1513 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1514 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1515 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1516 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1517 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1518 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1519 } 1520 1521 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1522 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1523 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1524 /// built-in. 1525 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1526 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1527 SourceLocation Loc) { 1528 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1529 1530 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1531 1532 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1533 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1534 switch (Error) { 1535 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1536 // Okay 1537 break; 1538 1539 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1540 if (ForRedeclaration) 1541 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1542 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1543 return 0; 1544 1545 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1546 if (ForRedeclaration) 1547 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1548 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1549 return 0; 1550 1551 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1552 if (ForRedeclaration) 1553 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 return 0; 1556 } 1557 1558 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1559 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1560 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1561 << R; 1562 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1563 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1564 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1565 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1566 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1567 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1568 } 1569 1570 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1571 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1572 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1573 SC_Extern, 1574 false, 1575 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1576 New->setImplicit(); 1577 1578 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1579 // FunctionDecl. 1580 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1581 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1582 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1583 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1584 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1585 SourceLocation(), 0, 1586 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1587 SC_None, 0); 1588 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1589 Params.push_back(parm); 1590 } 1591 New->setParams(Params); 1592 } 1593 1594 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1595 1596 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1597 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1598 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1599 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1600 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1601 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1602 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1603 CurContext = SavedContext; 1604 return New; 1605 } 1606 1607 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1608 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1609 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1610 /// entity. 1611 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1612 NamedDecl *decl, 1613 LookupResult &previous){ 1614 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1615 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1616 return; 1617 1618 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1619 if (previous.empty()) 1620 return; 1621 1622 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1623 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1624 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1625 1626 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1627 if (!old->isHidden()) 1628 continue; 1629 1630 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1631 filter.erase(); 1632 } 1633 1634 filter.done(); 1635 } 1636 1637 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1638 QualType OldType; 1639 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1640 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1641 else 1642 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1643 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1644 1645 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1646 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 1656 if (OldType != NewType && 1657 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1658 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1659 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1660 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1662 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1663 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1666 return true; 1667 } 1668 return false; 1669 } 1670 1671 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1672 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1673 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1674 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1675 /// 1676 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1677 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1678 // merging checks. 1679 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1680 1681 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1682 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1683 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1684 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1685 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1686 default: break; 1687 case 2: 1688 { 1689 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1690 break; 1691 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1692 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1693 break; 1694 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1695 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1696 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1697 break; 1698 } 1699 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1700 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1701 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1702 return; 1703 } 1704 case 5: 1705 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1706 break; 1707 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1708 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1709 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1710 return; 1711 case 3: 1712 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1713 break; 1714 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1715 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1716 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1717 return; 1718 } 1719 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1720 } 1721 1722 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1723 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1724 if (!Old) { 1725 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1726 << New->getDeclName(); 1727 1728 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1729 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1730 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1731 1732 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1733 } 1734 1735 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1736 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1737 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1738 1739 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1740 // with any extensions enabled. 1741 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1742 return; 1743 1744 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1745 // declaration was a typedef. 1746 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1747 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1748 1749 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1750 1751 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1752 return; 1753 1754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1755 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1756 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1757 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1758 // to the type to which it already refers. 1759 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1763 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1764 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1765 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1766 // 1767 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1768 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1769 // 1770 // struct S { 1771 // typedef struct A { } A; 1772 // }; 1773 // 1774 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1775 // allow the above but disallow 1776 // 1777 // struct S { 1778 // typedef int I; 1779 // typedef int I; 1780 // }; 1781 // 1782 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1783 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1784 return; 1785 1786 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1787 << New->getDeclName(); 1788 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1789 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1790 } 1791 1792 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1793 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1794 return; 1795 1796 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1797 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1798 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1799 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1800 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1801 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1802 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1803 return; 1804 1805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1806 << New->getDeclName(); 1807 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1808 return; 1809 } 1810 1811 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1812 /// attribute. 1813 static bool 1814 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1815 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1816 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1817 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1818 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1819 if (AA) 1820 return false; 1821 1822 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1823 switch (A->getKind()) { 1824 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1825 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1826 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1827 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1828 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1829 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1830 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1831 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1832 case attr::GuardedBy: 1833 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1834 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1835 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1836 return false; 1837 default: 1838 ; 1839 } 1840 1841 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1842 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1843 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1844 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1845 if (Ann) { 1846 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1847 return true; 1848 continue; 1849 } 1850 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1851 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1852 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1853 return true; 1854 } 1855 1856 return false; 1857 } 1858 1859 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1860 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1861 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1862 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1863 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1864 return true; 1865 } 1866 1867 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1868 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1869 /// 1870 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1871 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1872 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1873 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1874 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1875 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1876 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1877 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1878 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1879 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1880 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1881 // in a case like: 1882 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1883 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1884 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1885 // definition in such a case. 1886 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1887 return false; 1888 1889 if (I->isAlignas()) 1890 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1891 1892 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1893 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1894 OldAlign = Align; 1895 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1896 } 1897 } 1898 1899 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1900 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1901 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1902 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1903 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1904 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1905 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1906 return false; 1907 1908 if (I->isAlignas()) 1909 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1910 1911 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1912 if (Align > NewAlign) 1913 NewAlign = Align; 1914 } 1915 1916 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1917 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1918 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1919 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1920 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1921 1922 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1923 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1924 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1925 QualType Ty; 1926 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1927 Ty = VD->getType(); 1928 else 1929 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1930 1931 if (OldAlign == 0) 1932 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1933 if (NewAlign == 0) 1934 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1935 } 1936 1937 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1938 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1939 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1940 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1942 } 1943 } 1944 1945 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1946 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1947 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1948 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1949 // equivalent alignment. 1950 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1951 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1952 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1953 // have no alignment specifier. 1954 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1955 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1956 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1957 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1958 } 1959 1960 bool AnyAdded = false; 1961 1962 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1963 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1964 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1965 Clone->setInherited(true); 1966 New->addAttr(Clone); 1967 AnyAdded = true; 1968 } 1969 1970 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1971 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1972 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1973 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1974 Clone->setInherited(true); 1975 New->addAttr(Clone); 1976 AnyAdded = true; 1977 } 1978 1979 return AnyAdded; 1980 } 1981 1982 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1983 bool Override) { 1984 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1985 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1986 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1988 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1989 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1990 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1991 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1992 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1993 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1994 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1995 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1996 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1997 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1998 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1999 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2000 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2001 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2002 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2003 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2004 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2005 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2006 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2007 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2008 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2009 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2010 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2011 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2012 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2013 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2014 NewAttr = 0; 2015 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2016 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2017 2018 if (NewAttr) { 2019 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2020 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2021 return true; 2022 } 2023 2024 return false; 2025 } 2026 2027 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2028 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2029 return TD->getDefinition(); 2030 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2031 return VD->getDefinition(); 2032 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2033 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2034 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2035 return Def; 2036 } 2037 return NULL; 2038 } 2039 2040 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2041 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2042 I != E; ++I) { 2043 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2044 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2045 return true; 2046 } 2047 return false; 2048 } 2049 2050 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2051 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2052 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2053 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2054 return; 2055 2056 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2057 if (!Def || Def == New) 2058 return; 2059 2060 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2061 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2062 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2063 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2064 ++I; 2065 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2066 } 2067 2068 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2069 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2070 ++I; 2071 continue; 2072 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2073 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2074 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2075 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2076 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2077 // equivalent alignment. 2078 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2079 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2080 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2081 // have no alignment specifier. 2082 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2083 << AA->isC11(); 2084 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2085 << AA->isC11(); 2086 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2087 --E; 2088 continue; 2089 } 2090 } 2091 2092 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2093 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2094 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2095 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2096 --E; 2097 } 2098 } 2099 2100 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2101 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2102 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2103 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2104 return; 2105 2106 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2107 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2108 2109 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2110 return; 2111 2112 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2113 2114 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2115 // we process them. 2116 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2117 2118 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2119 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2120 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2121 i != e; ++i) { 2122 bool Override = false; 2123 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2124 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2125 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2126 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2127 switch (AMK) { 2128 case AMK_None: 2129 continue; 2130 2131 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2132 break; 2133 2134 case AMK_Override: 2135 Override = true; 2136 break; 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2141 foundAny = true; 2142 } 2143 2144 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2145 foundAny = true; 2146 2147 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2148 } 2149 2150 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2151 /// to the new one. 2152 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2153 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2154 Sema &S) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2156 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2157 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2158 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2159 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2160 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2161 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2162 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2163 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2164 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2165 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2166 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2167 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2168 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2169 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2170 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2171 } 2172 2173 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2174 return; 2175 2176 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2177 2178 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2179 // done before we process them. 2180 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2181 2182 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2183 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2184 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2185 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2186 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2187 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2188 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2189 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2190 foundAny = true; 2191 } 2192 } 2193 2194 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2195 } 2196 2197 namespace { 2198 2199 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2200 /// C. 2201 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2202 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2203 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2204 QualType PromotedType; 2205 }; 2206 2207 } 2208 2209 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2210 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2211 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2212 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2213 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2214 2215 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2216 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2217 2218 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2219 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2220 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2221 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2222 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2223 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2224 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2225 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2226 } 2227 2228 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2229 } 2230 2231 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2232 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2233 /// GNU89 mode. 2234 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2235 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2236 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2237 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2238 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2239 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2240 } 2241 2242 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2243 /// declaration? 2244 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2245 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2246 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2247 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2248 } else { 2249 // Free C function or a static method. 2250 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2251 } 2252 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2253 } 2254 2255 template <typename T> 2256 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2257 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2258 if (DC->isRecord()) 2259 return false; 2260 2261 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2262 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2263 return true; 2264 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2265 return true; 2266 return false; 2267 } 2268 2269 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2270 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2271 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2272 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2273 /// 2274 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2275 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2276 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2277 /// merged with. 2278 /// 2279 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2280 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2281 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2282 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2285 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2286 else 2287 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2288 if (!Old) { 2289 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2290 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2291 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2292 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2293 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2294 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2295 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2296 return true; 2297 } 2298 2299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2300 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2302 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2303 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2304 return true; 2305 } 2306 2307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2308 << New->getDeclName(); 2309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2314 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2315 return true; 2316 2317 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2318 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2319 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2320 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2321 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2322 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2323 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2324 else 2325 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2326 2327 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2328 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2329 2330 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2331 // is an extern inline function. 2332 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2333 // storage classes. 2334 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2335 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2336 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2337 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2338 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2339 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2340 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2341 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2342 } else { 2343 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2344 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2345 return true; 2346 } 2347 } 2348 2349 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2350 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2351 // calling convention of the first. 2352 // 2353 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2354 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2355 // 2356 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2357 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2358 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2359 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2360 // because it is the default calling convention. 2361 // 2362 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2363 // other tests to run. 2364 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2365 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2366 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2367 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2368 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2369 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2370 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2371 2372 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2373 // there but not here. 2374 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2375 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2376 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2377 2378 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2379 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2380 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2381 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2382 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2383 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2384 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2385 2386 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2387 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2388 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2390 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2391 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2392 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2393 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2395 return true; 2396 } 2397 2398 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2399 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge regparm attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2406 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2407 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2409 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2410 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2411 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 return true; 2413 } 2414 2415 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2416 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2417 } 2418 2419 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2420 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2421 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2423 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 2427 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2428 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2429 } 2430 2431 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2432 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2433 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2434 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2435 } 2436 2437 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2438 // UndefinedButUsed. 2439 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2440 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2441 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2442 Old->isUsed(false) && 2443 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2444 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2445 SourceLocation())); 2446 2447 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2448 // about it. 2449 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2450 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2451 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2452 } 2453 2454 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2455 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2456 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2457 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2458 // cannot be overloaded. 2459 2460 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2461 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2462 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2463 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2464 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2465 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2466 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2467 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2468 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2469 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2470 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2471 QualType ResQT; 2472 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2473 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2474 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2475 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2476 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2477 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2478 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2479 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2480 else 2481 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2482 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2483 return true; 2484 } 2485 else 2486 NewQType = ResQT; 2487 } 2488 2489 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2490 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2491 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2492 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2493 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2494 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2495 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2496 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2497 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2498 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2503 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2504 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2505 // Preserve triviality. 2506 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2507 2508 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2509 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2510 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2511 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2512 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2513 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2514 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2515 2516 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2517 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2518 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2519 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2520 // is a static member function declaration. 2521 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2522 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2523 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2524 return true; 2525 } 2526 2527 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2528 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2529 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2530 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2531 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2532 unsigned NewDiag; 2533 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2534 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2535 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2536 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2537 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2538 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2539 else 2540 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2541 2542 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2543 } else { 2544 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2545 << New << New->getType(); 2546 } 2547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2548 2549 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2550 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2551 // 2552 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2553 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2554 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2555 if (isFriend) { 2556 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2557 } else { 2558 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2560 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2561 return true; 2562 } 2563 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2564 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2565 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2566 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2567 return true; 2568 } 2569 } 2570 2571 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2572 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2573 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2574 // attribute. 2575 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2576 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2577 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2578 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2579 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2580 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2581 } 2582 2583 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2584 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2585 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2586 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2587 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2588 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2589 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2590 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2591 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2592 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2593 } 2594 2595 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2596 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2597 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2598 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2599 2600 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2601 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2602 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2603 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2604 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2605 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2606 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2607 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2608 } 2609 2610 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2611 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2612 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2613 return true; 2614 } 2615 2616 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2617 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2618 2619 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2620 } 2621 2622 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2623 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2624 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2625 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2626 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2627 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2628 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2629 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2630 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2631 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2632 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2633 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2634 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2635 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2636 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2637 ParamTypes, 2638 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2639 New->setType(NewQType); 2640 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2641 2642 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2643 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2644 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2645 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2646 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2647 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2648 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2649 SourceLocation(), 2650 SourceLocation(), 0, 2651 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2652 SC_None, 2653 0); 2654 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2655 Param->setImplicit(); 2656 Params.push_back(Param); 2657 } 2658 2659 New->setParams(Params); 2660 } 2661 2662 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2663 } 2664 2665 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2666 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2667 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2668 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2669 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2670 // the prototype. 2671 // 2672 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2673 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2674 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2675 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2676 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2677 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2678 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2679 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2680 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2681 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2682 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2683 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2684 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2685 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2686 2687 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2688 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2689 NewProto->getResultType()); 2690 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2691 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2692 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2693 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2694 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2695 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2696 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2697 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2698 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2699 NewParm->getType(), 2700 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2701 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2702 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2703 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2704 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2705 } else 2706 LooseCompatible = false; 2707 } 2708 2709 if (LooseCompatible) { 2710 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2711 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2712 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2713 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2714 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2715 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2716 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2717 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2718 } 2719 2720 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2721 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2722 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2723 } 2724 2725 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2726 } 2727 2728 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2729 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2730 2731 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2732 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2733 unsigned BuiltinID; 2734 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2735 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2736 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2737 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2738 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2739 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2740 << Old << Old->getType(); 2741 2742 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2743 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2744 // 2745 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2746 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2747 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2748 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2749 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2750 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2751 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2752 2753 return false; 2754 } 2755 2756 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2757 } 2758 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2760 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2761 return true; 2762 } 2763 2764 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2765 /// known to be compatible. 2766 /// 2767 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2768 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2769 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2770 /// redeclaration of Old. 2771 /// 2772 /// \returns false 2773 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2774 Scope *S) { 2775 // Merge the attributes 2776 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2777 2778 // Merge "pure" flag. 2779 if (Old->isPure()) 2780 New->setPure(); 2781 2782 // Merge "used" flag. 2783 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2784 New->setUsed(); 2785 2786 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2787 // declarations. 2788 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2789 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2790 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2791 *this); 2792 2793 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2794 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2795 2796 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2797 // and argument types. 2798 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2799 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2800 New->setType(Merged); 2801 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 2806 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2807 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2808 2809 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2810 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2811 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2812 : AMK_Override; 2813 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2814 2815 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2816 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2817 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2818 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2819 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2820 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2821 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2822 2823 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2824 } 2825 2826 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2827 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2828 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2829 /// 2830 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2831 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2832 /// is attached. 2833 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2834 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2835 return; 2836 2837 QualType MergedT; 2838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2839 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2840 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2841 return; 2842 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2843 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2844 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2845 } 2846 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2847 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2848 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2849 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2850 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2851 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2852 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2853 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2854 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2855 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2856 NewArray->getElementType())) 2857 MergedT = New->getType(); 2858 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2859 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2860 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2861 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2862 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2863 NewArray->getElementType())) 2864 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2865 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2866 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2867 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2868 Old->getType()); 2869 } 2870 } else { 2871 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2872 } 2873 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2875 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2876 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2877 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2878 } 2879 2880 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2881 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2882 if (!OldWasHidden) 2883 New->setType(MergedT); 2884 } 2885 2886 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2887 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2888 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2889 /// 2890 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2891 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2892 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2893 /// 2894 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2895 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2896 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2897 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2898 return; 2899 2900 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2901 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2902 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2903 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2905 << New->getDeclName(); 2906 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2907 diag::note_previous_definition); 2908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2909 } 2910 2911 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2912 return; 2913 2914 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2915 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2916 // 2917 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2918 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2920 << New->getIdentifier(); 2921 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2922 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2923 } 2924 2925 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2926 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2927 // declaration 2928 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2929 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2930 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2932 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2933 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2934 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2935 } 2936 2937 // Merge the types. 2938 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2939 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2940 return; 2941 2942 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2943 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2944 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2945 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2947 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2948 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2949 } 2950 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2951 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2952 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2953 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2954 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2955 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2956 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2957 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2958 // identifier has external linkage. 2959 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2960 /* Okay */; 2961 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2962 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2963 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2964 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2965 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2966 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2967 } 2968 2969 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2970 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2971 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2977 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2981 } 2982 2983 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2984 2985 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2986 // need to check for mismatches. 2987 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2988 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2989 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2990 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2992 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2993 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2994 } 2995 2996 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2997 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2999 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3000 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3003 } else { 3004 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3005 // static and dynamic initialization. 3006 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3007 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3009 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3010 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3011 } 3012 } 3013 3014 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3015 const VarDecl *Def; 3016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3017 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3018 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3020 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3021 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3022 return; 3023 } 3024 3025 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3028 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3029 return; 3030 } 3031 3032 // Merge "used" flag. 3033 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3034 New->setUsed(); 3035 3036 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3037 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3038 3039 // Inherit access appropriately. 3040 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3041 } 3042 3043 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3044 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3045 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3046 DeclSpec &DS) { 3047 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3048 } 3049 3050 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) { 3051 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3052 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3053 // it is anonymous. 3054 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3055 return; 3056 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3057 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3058 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3059 return; 3060 } 3061 3062 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3063 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3064 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3065 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3066 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3067 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3068 } 3069 } 3070 3071 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3072 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3073 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3074 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3075 DeclSpec &DS, 3076 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3077 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3078 Decl *TagD = 0; 3079 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3080 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3081 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3085 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3086 3087 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3088 return 0; 3089 3090 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3091 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3092 // it's a Type. 3093 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3094 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3095 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3096 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3097 } 3098 3099 if (Tag) { 3100 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 3101 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3102 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3103 return Tag; 3104 } 3105 3106 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3107 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3108 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3109 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3110 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3111 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3112 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3113 } 3114 3115 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3116 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3117 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3118 if (Tag) 3119 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3120 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3121 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3122 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3123 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3124 else 3125 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3126 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3127 return TagD; 3128 } 3129 3130 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3131 3132 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3133 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3134 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3135 if (TagD && !Tag) 3136 return 0; 3137 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3138 } 3139 3140 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3141 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3142 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3143 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3144 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3145 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3146 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3147 // or an explicit specialization. 3148 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3149 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3150 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3151 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3152 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3153 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3154 << SS.getRange(); 3155 return 0; 3156 } 3157 3158 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3159 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3160 3161 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3162 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3163 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3164 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3165 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3166 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3167 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3168 3169 DeclaresAnything = false; 3170 } 3171 } 3172 3173 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3174 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3175 CurContext->isRecord() && 3176 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3177 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3178 // struct STRUCT; 3179 // and 3180 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3181 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3182 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3183 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3184 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3185 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3186 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3187 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3188 } 3189 } 3190 3191 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3192 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3193 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3194 return TagD; 3195 3196 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3197 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3198 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3199 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3200 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3201 DeclaresAnything = false; 3202 3203 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3204 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3205 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3206 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3207 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3208 else 3209 DeclaresAnything = false; 3210 } 3211 3212 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3213 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3214 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3215 << Tag->getTagKind() 3216 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3217 3218 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3219 3220 // C 6.7/2: 3221 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3222 // or the members of an enumeration. 3223 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3224 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3225 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3226 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3227 // previous declaration. 3228 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3229 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3230 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3231 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3232 return TagD; 3233 } 3234 3235 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3236 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3237 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3238 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3239 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3240 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3241 // 3242 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3243 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3245 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3246 3247 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3248 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3249 // useless. 3250 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3251 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3252 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3253 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3254 3255 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3256 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3257 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3258 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3259 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3260 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3261 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3262 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3263 // Restrict is covered above. 3264 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3265 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3266 } 3267 3268 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3269 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3270 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3271 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3272 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3273 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3274 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3275 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3276 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3277 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3278 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3279 while (attrs) { 3280 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3281 << attrs->getName() 3282 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3283 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3284 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3285 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3286 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 } 3290 3291 return TagD; 3292 } 3293 3294 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3295 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3296 /// 3297 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3298 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3299 Scope *S, 3300 DeclContext *Owner, 3301 DeclarationName Name, 3302 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3303 unsigned diagnostic) { 3304 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3305 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3306 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3307 3308 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3309 return false; 3310 3311 // Pick a representative declaration. 3312 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3313 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3314 3315 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3316 return false; 3317 3318 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3319 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3320 3321 return true; 3322 } 3323 3324 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3325 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3326 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3327 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3328 /// struct, e.g., 3329 /// 3330 /// @code 3331 /// union { 3332 /// int i; 3333 /// float f; 3334 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3335 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3336 /// @endcode 3337 /// 3338 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3339 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3340 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3341 DeclContext *Owner, 3342 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3343 AccessSpecifier AS, 3344 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3345 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3346 unsigned diagKind 3347 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3348 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3349 3350 bool Invalid = false; 3351 3352 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3353 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3354 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3355 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3356 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3357 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3358 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3359 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3360 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3361 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3362 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3363 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3364 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3365 Invalid = true; 3366 } else { 3367 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3368 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3369 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3370 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3371 // anonymous union is declared. 3372 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3373 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3374 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3375 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3376 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3377 else 3378 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3379 3380 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3381 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3382 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3383 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3384 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3385 3386 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3387 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3388 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3389 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3390 3391 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3392 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3393 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3394 3395 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3396 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3397 3398 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3399 } 3400 } 3401 } 3402 3403 return Invalid; 3404 } 3405 3406 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3407 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3408 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3409 static StorageClass 3410 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3411 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3412 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3413 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3414 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3415 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3416 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3417 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3418 return SC_None; 3419 return SC_Extern; 3420 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3421 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3422 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3423 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3424 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3425 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3426 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3427 } 3428 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3429 } 3430 3431 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3432 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3433 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3434 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3435 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3436 AccessSpecifier AS, 3437 RecordDecl *Record) { 3438 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3439 3440 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3441 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3442 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3443 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3444 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3445 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3446 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3447 3448 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3449 // structs/unions. 3450 bool Invalid = false; 3451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3452 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3453 unsigned DiagID; 3454 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3455 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3456 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3457 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3458 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3459 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3460 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3461 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3464 3465 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3466 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3467 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3468 } 3469 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3470 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3471 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3472 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3473 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3474 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3475 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3477 3478 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3479 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3480 SourceLocation(), 3481 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3482 } 3483 } 3484 3485 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3486 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3487 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3488 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3489 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3491 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3492 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3493 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3494 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3495 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3496 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3497 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3498 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3499 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3501 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3502 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3503 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3504 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3505 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3506 3507 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3508 } 3509 3510 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3511 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3512 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3513 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3514 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3515 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3516 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3517 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3518 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3519 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3520 // members (clause 11). 3521 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3522 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3523 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3524 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3525 Invalid = true; 3526 } 3527 3528 // C++ [class.union]p1 3529 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3530 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3531 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3532 // array of such objects. 3533 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3534 Invalid = true; 3535 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3536 // Any implicit members are fine. 3537 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3538 // This is a type that showed up in an 3539 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3540 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3541 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3542 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3543 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3544 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3545 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3546 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3547 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3548 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3549 else { 3550 // This is a nested type declaration. 3551 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3552 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3553 Invalid = true; 3554 } 3555 } else { 3556 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3557 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3558 // not part of standard C++. 3559 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3560 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3561 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3562 } 3563 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3564 // Any access specifier is fine. 3565 } else { 3566 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3567 // member. Complain about it. 3568 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3569 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3570 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3571 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3572 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3573 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3574 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3575 3576 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3577 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3578 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3579 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3580 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3581 else { 3582 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3583 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3584 Invalid = true; 3585 } 3586 } 3587 } 3588 } 3589 3590 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3591 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3592 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3593 Invalid = true; 3594 } 3595 3596 // Mock up a declarator. 3597 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3599 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3600 3601 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3602 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3603 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3604 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3605 DS.getLocStart(), 3606 Record->getLocation(), 3607 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3608 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3609 TInfo, 3610 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3611 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3612 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3614 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3615 } else { 3616 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3617 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3618 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3619 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3620 // an error here 3621 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3622 Invalid = true; 3623 SC = SC_None; 3624 } 3625 3626 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3627 DS.getLocStart(), 3628 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3629 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3630 TInfo, SC); 3631 3632 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3633 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3634 // initializer: 3635 // union { int n = 0; }; 3636 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3637 } 3638 Anon->setImplicit(); 3639 3640 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3641 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3642 // its members. 3643 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3644 3645 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3646 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3647 // purposes. 3648 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3649 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3650 3651 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3652 Chain, false)) 3653 Invalid = true; 3654 3655 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3656 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3657 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3658 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3659 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3660 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3661 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3662 3663 if (Invalid) 3664 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3665 3666 return Anon; 3667 } 3668 3669 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3670 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3671 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3672 /// Example: 3673 /// 3674 /// struct A { int a; }; 3675 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3676 /// 3677 /// void foo() { 3678 /// B var; 3679 /// var.a = 3; 3680 /// } 3681 /// 3682 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3683 RecordDecl *Record) { 3684 3685 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3686 if (!Record) 3687 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3688 3689 // Mock up a declarator. 3690 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3692 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3693 3694 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3695 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3696 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3697 DS.getLocStart(), 3698 DS.getLocStart(), 3699 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3700 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3701 TInfo, 3702 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3703 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3704 Anon->setImplicit(); 3705 3706 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3707 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3708 3709 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3710 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3711 // purposes. 3712 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3713 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3714 3715 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3716 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3717 RecordDef, AS_none, 3718 Chain, true)) 3719 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3720 3721 return Anon; 3722 } 3723 3724 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3725 /// given Declarator. 3726 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3727 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3728 } 3729 3730 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3731 DeclarationNameInfo 3732 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3733 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3734 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3735 3736 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3737 3738 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3739 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3740 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 return NameInfo; 3743 3744 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3745 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3746 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3747 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3748 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3749 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3750 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3751 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3752 return NameInfo; 3753 3754 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3755 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3756 Name.Identifier)); 3757 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3758 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3759 return NameInfo; 3760 3761 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3763 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3764 if (Ty.isNull()) 3765 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3766 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3767 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3768 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3769 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3770 return NameInfo; 3771 } 3772 3773 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3774 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3775 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3776 if (Ty.isNull()) 3777 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3778 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3779 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3780 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3781 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3782 return NameInfo; 3783 } 3784 3785 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3786 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3787 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3788 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3789 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3790 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3791 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3792 3793 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3794 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3795 3796 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3797 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3798 // was qualified. 3799 3800 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3801 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3802 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3803 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3804 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3805 return NameInfo; 3806 } 3807 3808 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3809 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3810 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3811 if (Ty.isNull()) 3812 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3813 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3814 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3815 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3816 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3817 return NameInfo; 3818 } 3819 3820 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3821 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3822 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3823 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3824 } 3825 3826 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3827 3828 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3829 } 3830 3831 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3832 do { 3833 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3834 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3835 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3836 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3837 else 3838 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3839 } while (true); 3840 } 3841 3842 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3843 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3844 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3845 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3846 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3847 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3848 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3849 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3850 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3851 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3852 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3853 Params.clear(); 3854 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3855 return false; 3856 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3857 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3858 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3859 3860 // The parameter types are identical 3861 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3862 continue; 3863 3864 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3865 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3866 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3867 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3868 3869 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3870 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3871 Params.push_back(Idx); 3872 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3873 return false; 3874 } 3875 3876 return true; 3877 } 3878 3879 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3880 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3881 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3882 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3883 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3884 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3885 DeclarationName Name) { 3886 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3887 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3888 // - types which will become injected class names 3889 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3890 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3891 // few cases here. 3892 3893 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3894 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3895 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3896 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3897 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3898 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3899 // Grab the type from the parser. 3900 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3901 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3902 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3903 3904 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3905 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3906 // attached already. 3907 if (!TSI) 3908 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3909 3910 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3911 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3912 if (!TSI) return true; 3913 3914 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3915 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3916 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3917 break; 3918 } 3919 3920 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3921 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3922 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3923 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3924 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3925 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3926 break; 3927 } 3928 3929 default: 3930 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3931 break; 3932 } 3933 3934 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3935 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3936 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3937 3938 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3939 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3940 // pointer. 3941 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3942 continue; 3943 3944 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3945 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3946 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3947 return true; 3948 } 3949 3950 return false; 3951 } 3952 3953 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3954 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3955 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3956 3957 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3958 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3959 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3960 3961 return Dcl; 3962 } 3963 3964 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3965 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3966 /// name different from T: 3967 /// - every static data member of class T; 3968 /// - every member function of class T 3969 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3970 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3971 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3972 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3973 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3974 3975 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3976 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3977 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3978 return true; 3979 } 3980 3981 return false; 3982 } 3983 3984 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3985 /// nested-name-specifier. 3986 /// 3987 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3988 /// 3989 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3990 /// resolves. 3991 /// 3992 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3993 /// 3994 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3995 /// 3996 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3997 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3998 DeclarationName Name, 3999 SourceLocation Loc) { 4000 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4001 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 4002 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4003 4004 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4005 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 4006 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 4007 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 4008 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 4009 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 4010 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 4011 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 4012 4013 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4014 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 4015 // 4016 // class X { 4017 // void X::f(); 4018 // }; 4019 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4020 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4021 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4022 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4023 SS.clear(); 4024 return false; 4025 } 4026 4027 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4028 // declaration. 4029 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4030 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4031 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4032 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4033 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4035 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4036 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4038 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4039 else 4040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4041 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4042 4043 return true; 4044 } 4045 4046 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4047 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4048 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4049 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4050 SS.clear(); 4051 4052 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4053 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4054 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4056 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4057 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4058 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4059 return true; 4060 4061 return false; 4062 } 4063 4064 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4065 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4066 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4067 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4068 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4069 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4070 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4071 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4072 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4073 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4074 4075 return false; 4076 } 4077 4078 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4079 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4080 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4081 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4082 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4083 4084 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4085 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4086 if (!Name) { 4087 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4088 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4089 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4090 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4091 return 0; 4092 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4093 return 0; 4094 4095 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4096 // we find one that is. 4097 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4098 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4099 S = S->getParent(); 4100 4101 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4102 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4103 D.setInvalidType(); 4104 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4105 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4106 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4107 return 0; 4108 4109 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4110 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4111 if (!DC) { 4112 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4113 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4114 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4115 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4116 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4117 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4118 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4119 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4120 return 0; 4121 } 4122 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4123 4124 if (!IsDependentContext && 4125 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4126 return 0; 4127 4128 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4130 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4131 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4132 D.setInvalidType(); 4133 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4134 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4135 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4136 if (DC->isRecord()) 4137 return 0; 4138 4139 D.setInvalidType(); 4140 } 4141 } 4142 4143 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4144 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4145 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4146 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4147 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4148 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4149 D.setInvalidType(); 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4154 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4155 // Just return early; it's safer. 4156 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4157 return 0; 4158 4159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4160 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4161 4162 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4163 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4164 D.setInvalidType(); 4165 4166 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4167 ForRedeclaration); 4168 4169 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4170 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4171 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4172 4173 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4174 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4175 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4176 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4177 /* Do nothing*/; 4178 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4179 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4180 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4181 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4182 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4183 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4184 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4185 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4186 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4187 4188 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4189 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4190 4191 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4192 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4193 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4194 4195 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4196 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4197 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4198 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4199 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4200 // thereof; [...] 4201 // 4202 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4203 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4204 // we want to match. For example, given: 4205 // 4206 // class X { 4207 // void f(); 4208 // void f(float); 4209 // }; 4210 // 4211 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4212 // 4213 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4214 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4215 // matches. 4216 4217 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4218 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4219 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4220 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4221 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4222 } 4223 4224 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4225 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4226 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4227 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4228 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4229 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4230 4231 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4232 Previous.clear(); 4233 } 4234 4235 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4236 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4237 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4238 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4239 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4240 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4241 Previous.clear(); 4242 4243 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4244 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4246 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4247 4248 NamedDecl *New; 4249 4250 bool AddToScope = true; 4251 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4252 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4254 return 0; 4255 } 4256 4257 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4258 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4259 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4260 TemplateParamLists, 4261 AddToScope); 4262 } else { 4263 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4264 AddToScope); 4265 } 4266 4267 if (New == 0) 4268 return 0; 4269 4270 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4271 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4272 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4273 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4274 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4275 4276 return New; 4277 } 4278 4279 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4280 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4281 /// GCC compatibility). 4282 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4283 ASTContext &Context, 4284 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4285 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4286 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4287 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4288 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4289 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4290 SizeIsNegative = false; 4291 Oversized = 0; 4292 4293 if (T->isDependentType()) 4294 return QualType(); 4295 4296 QualifierCollector Qs; 4297 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4298 4299 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4300 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4301 QualType FixedType = 4302 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4303 Oversized); 4304 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4305 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4306 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4307 } 4308 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4309 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4310 QualType FixedType = 4311 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4312 Oversized); 4313 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4314 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4315 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4316 } 4317 4318 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4319 if (!VLATy) 4320 return QualType(); 4321 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4322 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4323 return QualType(); 4324 4325 llvm::APSInt Res; 4326 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4327 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4328 return QualType(); 4329 4330 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4331 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4332 SizeIsNegative = true; 4333 return QualType(); 4334 } 4335 4336 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4337 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4338 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4339 Res); 4340 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4341 Oversized = Res; 4342 return QualType(); 4343 } 4344 4345 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4346 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4347 } 4348 4349 static void 4350 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4351 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4352 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4353 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4354 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4355 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4356 return; 4357 } 4358 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4359 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4360 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4361 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4362 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4363 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4364 return; 4365 } 4366 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4367 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4368 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4369 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4370 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4371 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4372 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4373 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4374 } 4375 4376 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4377 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4378 /// GCC compatibility). 4379 static TypeSourceInfo* 4380 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4381 ASTContext &Context, 4382 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4383 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4384 QualType FixedTy 4385 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4386 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4387 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4388 return 0; 4389 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4390 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4391 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4392 return FixedTInfo; 4393 } 4394 4395 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4396 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4397 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4398 /// function-scope declarations. 4399 void 4400 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4401 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4402 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4403 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4404 return; 4405 4406 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4407 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4408 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4409 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4410 } 4411 4412 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4413 if (ExternalSource) { 4414 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4415 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4416 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4417 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4418 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4419 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4420 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4421 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4422 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4423 } 4424 } 4425 4426 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4427 return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0; 4428 } 4429 4430 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4431 /// does not identify a function. 4432 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4433 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4434 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4435 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4436 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4437 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4438 4439 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4440 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4441 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4442 4443 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4444 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4445 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4446 4447 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4448 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4449 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4450 } 4451 4452 NamedDecl* 4453 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4455 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4456 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4457 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4458 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4459 D.setInvalidType(); 4460 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4461 DC = CurContext; 4462 Previous.clear(); 4463 } 4464 4465 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4466 4467 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4469 << 1; 4470 4471 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4472 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4473 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4474 return 0; 4475 } 4476 4477 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4478 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4479 4480 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4481 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4482 4483 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4484 4485 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4486 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4487 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4488 return ND; 4489 } 4490 4491 void 4492 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4493 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4494 // then it shall have block scope. 4495 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4496 // that redeclarations will match. 4497 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4498 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4499 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4500 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4501 4502 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4503 bool SizeIsNegative; 4504 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4505 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4506 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4507 SizeIsNegative, 4508 Oversized); 4509 if (FixedTInfo) { 4510 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4511 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4512 } else { 4513 if (SizeIsNegative) 4514 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4515 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4516 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4517 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4518 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4519 << Oversized.toString(10); 4520 else 4521 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4522 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4523 } 4524 } 4525 } 4526 } 4527 4528 4529 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4530 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4531 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4532 NamedDecl* 4533 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4534 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4535 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4536 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4537 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4538 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4539 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4540 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4541 Redeclaration = true; 4542 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4543 } 4544 4545 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4546 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4547 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4548 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4549 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4550 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4551 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4552 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4553 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4554 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4555 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4556 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4557 } 4558 4559 return NewTD; 4560 } 4561 4562 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4563 /// previous declaration. 4564 /// 4565 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4566 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4567 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4568 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4569 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4570 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4571 /// 4572 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4573 /// lookup 4574 /// 4575 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4576 /// declared. 4577 /// 4578 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4579 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4580 static bool 4581 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4582 ASTContext &Context) { 4583 if (!PrevDecl) 4584 return false; 4585 4586 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4587 return false; 4588 4589 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4590 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4591 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4592 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4593 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4594 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4595 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4596 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4597 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4598 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4599 return false; 4600 4601 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4602 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4603 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4604 return false; 4605 4606 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4607 // previous declarations. 4608 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4609 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4610 4611 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4612 // isn't the same function. 4613 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4614 return false; 4615 } 4616 4617 return true; 4618 } 4619 4620 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4621 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4622 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4623 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4624 } 4625 4626 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4627 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4628 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4629 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4630 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4631 unsigned kind = -1U; 4632 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4633 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4634 kind = 0; // __block 4635 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4636 kind = 1; // global 4637 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4638 kind = 3; // ivar 4639 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4640 kind = 2; // field 4641 } 4642 4643 if (kind != -1U) { 4644 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4645 << kind; 4646 } 4647 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4648 // Try to infer lifetime. 4649 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4650 return false; 4651 4652 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4653 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4654 decl->setType(type); 4655 } 4656 4657 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4658 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4659 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4660 var->getTLSKind()) { 4661 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4662 << var->getType(); 4663 return true; 4664 } 4665 } 4666 4667 return false; 4668 } 4669 4670 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4671 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4672 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4673 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4674 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4675 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4676 } 4677 } 4678 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4679 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4680 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4681 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4682 } 4683 } 4684 4685 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4686 // It does not apply to functions. 4687 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4688 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4689 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4690 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 } 4694 4695 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4696 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4697 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4698 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4699 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4700 4701 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4702 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4703 4704 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4705 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4706 return false; 4707 4708 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4709 4710 #ifndef NDEBUG 4711 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4712 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4713 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4714 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4715 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4716 #endif 4717 4718 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4719 4720 #ifndef NDEBUG 4721 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4722 #endif 4723 4724 return isC99Inline; 4725 } 4726 4727 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4728 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4729 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4730 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4731 /// 4732 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4733 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4734 /// 4735 /// For instance: 4736 /// 4737 /// auto x = []{}; 4738 /// 4739 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4740 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4741 /// 4742 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4743 template<typename T> 4744 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4745 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4746 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4747 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4748 return false; 4749 } 4750 return D->isExternC(); 4751 } 4752 4753 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4754 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4755 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4756 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4757 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4758 return true; 4759 if (DC->isRecord()) 4760 return false; 4761 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4762 } 4763 4764 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4765 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4766 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4767 return true; 4768 if (DC->isRecord()) 4769 return false; 4770 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4771 } 4772 4773 bool Sema::HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS) { 4774 // If this is a redeclaration of a variable template or a forward 4775 // declaration of a variable template partial specialization 4776 // with nested name specifier, complain. 4777 4778 if (D && SS.isNotEmpty() && 4779 (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) || 4780 isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D))) { 4781 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_forward_var_nested_name_specifier) 4782 << isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) << SS.getRange(); 4783 return true; 4784 } 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 NamedDecl * 4789 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4790 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4791 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4792 bool &AddToScope) { 4793 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4794 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4795 4796 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4797 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4798 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4799 4800 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4801 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4802 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4803 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4804 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4805 D.setInvalidType(); 4806 } 4807 } 4808 4809 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4810 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4811 // an error here 4812 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4813 D.setInvalidType(); 4814 SC = SC_None; 4815 } 4816 4817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4818 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4819 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4820 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4821 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4822 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4823 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4824 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4825 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4826 } 4827 4828 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4829 if (!II) { 4830 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4831 << Name; 4832 return 0; 4833 } 4834 4835 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4836 4837 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4838 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4839 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4840 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4841 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4842 // is a GNU extension. 4843 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4844 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4845 else 4846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4847 D.setInvalidType(); 4848 } 4849 } 4850 4851 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4852 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4853 // OpenCL __local address space. 4854 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4855 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4856 } 4857 4858 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4859 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4860 // space qualifiers. 4861 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4862 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4864 } 4865 4866 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4867 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4868 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4869 // address space qualifiers. 4870 if (R->isEventT()) { 4871 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4872 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4873 D.setInvalidType(); 4874 } 4875 4876 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4877 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4878 D.setInvalidType(); 4879 } 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 4884 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 4885 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 4886 bool Invalid = false; // TODO: Can we remove this (error-prone)? 4887 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 4888 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0; 4889 VarDecl *NewVD; 4890 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4891 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4892 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4893 R, TInfo, SC); 4894 4895 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4896 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4897 } else { 4898 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4899 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4900 switch (SC) { 4901 case SC_None: 4902 break; 4903 case SC_Static: 4904 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4905 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4906 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4907 break; 4908 case SC_Auto: 4909 case SC_Register: 4910 case SC_Extern: 4911 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 4912 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 4913 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 4914 // of class members 4915 4916 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4917 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 4918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4919 break; 4920 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4921 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 4922 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4923 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 4924 } 4925 } 4926 4927 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4928 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4929 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4930 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4931 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4932 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4933 4934 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4935 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4936 if (RD->isUnion()) 4937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4938 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4939 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4940 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4941 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4942 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4943 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4944 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4945 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4946 } 4947 } 4948 4949 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 4950 if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end()) 4951 PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4952 PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl); 4953 4954 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4955 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4956 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4957 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4958 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 4959 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 4960 if (TemplateParams) { 4961 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 4962 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4963 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4964 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4965 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4966 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4967 << II 4968 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4969 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4970 } else { 4971 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 4972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4973 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 4974 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 4975 : diag::ext_variable_template); 4976 4977 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4978 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 4979 // Check that we can declare a specialization here 4980 4981 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 4982 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 4983 4984 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 4985 // This is a template declaration. 4986 4987 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4988 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4989 return 0; 4990 4991 // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check 4992 // whether this is a valid redeclaration. 4993 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) 4994 PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0; 4995 4996 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 4997 // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible. 4998 if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual( 4999 TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5000 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 5001 return 0; 5002 } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5003 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5004 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5005 5006 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5007 PrevDecl = 0; 5008 } else if (PrevDecl) { 5009 // C++ [temp]p5: 5010 // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class 5011 // scope shall be unique in that scope. 5012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 5013 << Name; 5014 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5015 return 0; 5016 } 5017 5018 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5019 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5020 // template declaration. 5021 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5022 TemplateParams, 5023 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5024 : 0, 5025 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5026 DC->isDependentContext()) 5027 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5028 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5029 Invalid = true; 5030 5031 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5032 // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining 5033 // the template out-of-line. 5034 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid && 5035 !PrevVarTemplate) { 5036 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match) 5037 << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true 5038 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5039 Invalid = true; 5040 } 5041 } 5042 } 5043 } 5044 } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5045 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5046 5047 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5048 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5049 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5050 // too few of them). 5051 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5052 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5053 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5054 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5055 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5056 "template<> "); 5057 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5058 } 5059 5060 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5061 if (!PrevVarTemplate) { 5062 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template) 5063 << IsPartialSpecialization; 5064 return 0; 5065 } 5066 5067 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5068 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5069 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5070 : SourceLocation(); 5071 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5072 S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5073 IsPartialSpecialization); 5074 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5075 return 0; 5076 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5077 AddToScope = false; 5078 } else 5079 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5080 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5081 5082 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5083 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5084 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5085 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5086 5087 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 5088 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5089 5090 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5091 5092 // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()? 5093 if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 && 5094 (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) { 5095 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5096 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data()); 5097 } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || 5098 (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && 5099 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) { 5100 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5101 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5102 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5103 } 5104 5105 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5106 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5107 } 5108 5109 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5110 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5111 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5112 5113 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5114 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5115 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5116 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5117 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5118 // explicitly. 5119 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5120 // 'extern'. 5121 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5122 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5123 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5124 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5125 else 5126 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5127 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5128 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5129 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5130 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5131 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5132 else 5133 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5134 } 5135 5136 // C99 6.7.4p3 5137 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5138 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5139 // thread storage duration... 5140 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5141 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5142 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5143 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5144 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5145 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5146 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5147 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5148 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5149 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5150 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5151 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5152 } 5153 } 5154 5155 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5156 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5158 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5159 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5160 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5161 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5162 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5163 << 2 5164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5165 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5166 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5167 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5168 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5169 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5170 else 5171 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5172 } 5173 5174 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5175 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5176 5177 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5178 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5179 5180 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5181 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5182 // storage [duration]." 5183 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5184 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5185 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5186 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5187 } 5188 } 5189 5190 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5191 // retainable type. 5192 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5194 5195 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5196 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5197 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5198 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5199 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5200 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5201 switch (SC) { 5202 case SC_None: 5203 case SC_Auto: 5204 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5205 break; 5206 case SC_Register: 5207 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5208 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5209 break; 5210 case SC_Static: 5211 case SC_Extern: 5212 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5213 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5214 break; 5215 } 5216 } 5217 5218 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5219 Context, Label)); 5220 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5221 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5222 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5223 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5224 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5225 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5226 } 5227 } 5228 5229 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5230 // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?). 5231 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5232 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5233 5234 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5235 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5236 // declaration has linkage). 5237 FilterLookupForScope( 5238 Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5239 IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5240 5241 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5242 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5243 } else { 5244 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5245 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5246 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5247 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5248 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5249 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5250 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5252 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5253 Previous.clear(); 5254 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5255 } 5256 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5257 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5258 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5259 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5260 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5261 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5262 } 5263 5264 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5265 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5266 LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D), 5267 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 5268 PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5269 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl)); 5270 } else 5271 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5272 } 5273 5274 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5275 // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?). 5276 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5277 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5278 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5279 } 5280 5281 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5282 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5283 5284 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5285 // the map of such variables. 5286 if (!NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5287 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5288 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5289 5290 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5291 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5292 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5293 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5294 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5295 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD)); 5296 } 5297 } 5298 5299 // If this is not a variable template, return it now 5300 if (!TemplateParams || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5301 return NewVD; 5302 5303 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5304 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 5305 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5306 TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate); 5307 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5308 5309 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 5310 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5311 5312 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5313 // template, make a note of that. 5314 if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5315 NewTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5316 5317 // Set the lexical context of this template 5318 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5319 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && NewVD->isOutOfLine()) 5320 NewTemplate->setAccess(NewVD->getAccess()); 5321 5322 if (PrevVarTemplate) 5323 mergeDeclAttributes(NewVD, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5324 5325 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 5326 5327 PushOnScopeChains(NewTemplate, S); 5328 AddToScope = false; 5329 5330 if (Invalid) { 5331 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5332 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5333 } 5334 5335 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5336 5337 return NewTemplate; 5338 } 5339 5340 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5341 /// -Wshadow. 5342 /// 5343 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5344 /// scope. 5345 /// 5346 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5347 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5348 /// 5349 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5350 // Return if warning is ignored. 5351 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5352 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5353 return; 5354 5355 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5356 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5357 return; 5358 5359 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5360 5361 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5362 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5363 return; 5364 5365 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5366 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5367 return; 5368 5369 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5370 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5371 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5372 if (MD->isStatic()) 5373 return; 5374 5375 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5376 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5377 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5378 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5379 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5380 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5381 I != E; ++I) 5382 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5383 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5384 break; 5385 } 5386 } 5387 5388 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5389 5390 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5391 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5392 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5393 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5394 return; 5395 5396 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5397 // static data members from base classes? 5398 5399 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5400 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5401 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5402 } 5403 5404 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5405 unsigned Kind; 5406 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5407 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5408 Kind = 3; // field 5409 else 5410 Kind = 2; // static data member 5411 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5412 Kind = 1; // global 5413 else 5414 Kind = 0; // local 5415 5416 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5417 5418 // Emit warning and note. 5419 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5420 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5421 } 5422 5423 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5424 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5425 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5426 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5427 return; 5428 5429 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5430 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5431 LookupName(R, S); 5432 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5433 } 5434 5435 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5436 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5437 template<typename T> 5438 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5439 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5440 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5441 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5442 5443 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5444 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5445 // declaration. 5446 return false; 5447 } 5448 5449 if (Prev) { 5450 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5451 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5452 // redeclaration. 5453 Previous.clear(); 5454 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5455 return true; 5456 } 5457 5458 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5459 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5460 // declaration. 5461 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5462 return false; 5463 } else { 5464 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5465 // translation unit which might conflict. 5466 if (IsGlobal) { 5467 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5468 IsGlobal = false; 5469 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5470 I != E; ++I) { 5471 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5472 Prev = *I; 5473 break; 5474 } 5475 } 5476 } else { 5477 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5478 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5479 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5480 I != E; ++I) { 5481 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5482 Prev = *I; 5483 break; 5484 } 5485 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5486 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5487 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5488 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5489 // diagnostic. 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 if (!Prev) 5494 return false; 5495 } 5496 5497 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5498 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5499 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5500 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5501 Prev = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 5502 else 5503 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDeclaration(); 5504 5505 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5506 << IsGlobal << ND; 5507 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5508 << IsGlobal; 5509 return false; 5510 } 5511 5512 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5513 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5514 /// 5515 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5516 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5517 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5518 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5519 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5520 template<typename T> 5521 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5522 LookupResult &Previous) { 5523 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5524 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5525 // variable declared in function scope. 5526 // 5527 // FIXME: The corresponding case in C++ does not work. We should instead 5528 // set the semantic DC for an extern local variable to be the innermost 5529 // enclosing namespace, and ensure they are only found by redeclaration 5530 // lookup. 5531 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5532 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5533 Previous.clear(); 5534 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5535 return true; 5536 } 5537 } 5538 return false; 5539 } 5540 5541 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5542 // declaration. 5543 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5544 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5545 5546 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5547 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5548 // in another scope. 5549 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5550 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5551 5552 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5553 return false; 5554 } 5555 5556 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5557 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5558 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5559 return; 5560 5561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5562 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5563 5564 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5565 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5566 return; 5567 5568 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5569 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5570 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5571 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5572 NewVD->setType(T); 5573 } 5574 5575 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5576 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5577 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5578 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5579 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5580 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5581 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5582 return; 5583 } 5584 5585 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5586 // __constant address space. 5587 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5588 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5589 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5590 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5591 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5592 return; 5593 } 5594 5595 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5596 // scope. 5597 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5598 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5599 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5600 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5601 return; 5602 } 5603 5604 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5605 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5606 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5607 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5608 else { 5609 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5610 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5611 } 5612 } 5613 5614 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5615 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5616 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5617 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5618 5619 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5620 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5621 bool SizeIsNegative; 5622 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5623 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5624 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5625 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5626 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5627 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5628 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5629 // int a[10][n]; 5630 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5631 5632 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5633 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5634 << SizeRange; 5635 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5636 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5637 << SizeRange; 5638 else 5639 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5640 << SizeRange; 5641 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5642 return; 5643 } 5644 5645 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5646 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5647 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5648 else 5649 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5651 return; 5652 } 5653 5654 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5655 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5656 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5657 } 5658 5659 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5660 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5661 // of objects and functions. 5662 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5664 << T; 5665 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5666 return; 5667 } 5668 } 5669 5670 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5671 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5672 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5673 return; 5674 } 5675 5676 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5677 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5678 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5679 return; 5680 } 5681 5682 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5683 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5684 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5685 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5686 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5687 return; 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5692 /// declaration. 5693 /// 5694 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5695 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5696 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5697 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5698 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5699 /// 5700 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5701 /// 5702 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5703 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5704 LookupResult &Previous) { 5705 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5706 5707 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5708 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5709 return false; 5710 5711 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5712 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5713 // 5714 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5715 // The actual standards text here is: 5716 // 5717 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5718 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5719 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5720 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5721 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5722 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5723 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5724 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5725 // 5726 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5727 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5728 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5729 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5730 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5731 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5732 // 5733 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5734 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5735 // not in scope. 5736 bool PreviousWasHidden = 5737 Previous.empty() && 5738 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous); 5739 5740 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5741 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5742 5743 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5744 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5745 return true; 5746 } 5747 return false; 5748 } 5749 5750 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5751 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5752 Sema *S; 5753 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5754 }; 5755 5756 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5757 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5758 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5759 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5760 CXXBasePath &Path, 5761 void *UserData) { 5762 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5763 5764 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5765 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5766 5767 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5768 5769 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5770 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5771 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5772 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5773 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5774 5775 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5776 } 5777 5778 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5779 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5780 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5781 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5782 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5783 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5784 return true; 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 return false; 5789 } 5790 5791 namespace { 5792 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5793 } 5794 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5795 /// overriden methods. 5796 /// 5797 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5798 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5799 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5800 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5801 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5802 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5803 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5804 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5805 I != E; ++I) { 5806 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5807 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5808 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5809 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5810 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5811 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5812 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5813 } 5814 } 5815 5816 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5817 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5818 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5819 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5820 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5821 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5822 Data.Method = MD; 5823 Data.S = this; 5824 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5825 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5826 bool AddedAny = false; 5827 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5828 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5829 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5830 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5831 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5832 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5833 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5834 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5835 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5836 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5837 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5838 AddedAny = true; 5839 } 5840 } 5841 } 5842 } 5843 5844 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5845 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5846 } 5847 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5848 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5849 } 5850 5851 return AddedAny; 5852 } 5853 5854 namespace { 5855 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5856 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5857 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5858 Scope *S; 5859 Declarator &D; 5860 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5861 bool AddToScope; 5862 }; 5863 } 5864 5865 namespace { 5866 5867 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5868 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5869 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5870 public: 5871 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5872 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5873 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5874 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5875 5876 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5877 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5878 return false; 5879 5880 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5881 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5882 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5883 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5884 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5885 5886 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5887 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5888 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5889 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5890 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5891 return true; 5892 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5893 return true; 5894 } 5895 } 5896 } 5897 5898 return false; 5899 } 5900 5901 private: 5902 ASTContext &Context; 5903 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5904 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5905 }; 5906 5907 } 5908 5909 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5910 /// 5911 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5912 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5913 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5914 /// the same name. 5915 /// 5916 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5917 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5918 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5919 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5920 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 5921 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5922 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5923 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5924 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5925 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5926 TypoCorrection Correction; 5927 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5928 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 5929 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5930 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 5931 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5932 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5933 5934 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5935 if (IsLocalFriend) 5936 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 5937 else 5938 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5939 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5940 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5941 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5942 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5943 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5944 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5945 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5946 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5947 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5948 if (FD && 5949 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5950 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5951 // involve a parameter 5952 unsigned ParamNum = 5953 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5954 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5955 } 5956 } 5957 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5958 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 5959 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 0, 5960 Validator, IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 5961 // Trap errors. 5962 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5963 5964 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5965 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5966 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5967 Previous.clear(); 5968 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5969 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5970 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5971 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5972 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5973 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5974 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5975 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5976 } 5977 } 5978 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5979 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5980 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5981 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5982 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5983 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5984 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5985 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5986 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5987 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5988 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5989 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5990 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5991 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5992 Previous.clear(); 5993 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5994 Result = NULL; 5995 } else { 5996 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5997 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5998 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5999 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 6000 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 6001 } 6002 } 6003 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 6004 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 6005 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 6006 } else { 6007 DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6008 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest; 6009 } 6010 } 6011 6012 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6013 if (Correction) { 6014 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 6015 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 6016 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 6017 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 6018 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 6019 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6020 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 6021 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 6022 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 6023 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 6024 << IsDefinition 6025 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 6026 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 6027 } else { 6028 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6029 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6030 } 6031 6032 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6033 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6034 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6035 6036 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6037 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6038 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6039 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6040 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6041 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6042 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6043 6044 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6045 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6046 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6047 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6048 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6049 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6050 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6051 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6052 } else if (Correction) { 6053 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 6054 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 6055 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6056 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6057 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6058 } else 6059 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6060 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6061 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6062 } 6063 return Result; 6064 } 6065 6066 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6067 Declarator &D) { 6068 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6069 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6070 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6071 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6072 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6073 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6074 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6075 D.setInvalidType(); 6076 break; 6077 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6078 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6079 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6080 return SC_None; 6081 return SC_Extern; 6082 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6083 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6084 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6085 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6086 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6087 // other than extern 6088 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6089 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6090 diag::err_static_block_func); 6091 break; 6092 } else 6093 return SC_Static; 6094 } 6095 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6096 } 6097 6098 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6099 return SC_None; 6100 } 6101 6102 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6103 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6104 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6105 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6106 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6107 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6108 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6109 6110 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6111 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6112 6113 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6114 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6115 // prototype. This true when: 6116 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6117 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6118 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6119 bool HasPrototype = 6120 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6121 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6122 6123 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6124 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6125 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6126 HasPrototype, false); 6127 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6128 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6129 6130 // Set the lexical context. 6131 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6132 6133 return NewFD; 6134 } 6135 6136 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6137 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6138 6139 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6140 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6141 // the class has been completely parsed. 6142 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6143 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6144 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 6145 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6146 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6147 D.setInvalidType(); 6148 6149 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6150 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6151 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6152 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6153 6154 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6155 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6156 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6157 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6158 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6159 isConstexpr); 6160 6161 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6162 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6163 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6164 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6165 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6166 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6167 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6168 D.getLocStart(), 6169 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6170 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6171 6172 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6173 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6174 // it yet. 6175 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6176 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6177 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6178 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6179 } 6180 6181 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 6182 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 6183 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 6184 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 6185 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 6186 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 6187 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 6188 } 6189 6190 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6191 return NewDD; 6192 6193 } else { 6194 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6195 D.setInvalidType(); 6196 6197 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6198 // code path. 6199 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6200 D.getLocStart(), 6201 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6202 SC, isInline, 6203 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6204 } 6205 6206 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6207 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6208 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6209 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6210 return 0; 6211 } 6212 6213 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6214 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6215 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6216 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6217 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6218 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6219 6220 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6221 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6222 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6223 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6224 // constructor if it has no return type). 6225 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6226 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6227 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6228 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6229 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6230 return 0; 6231 } 6232 6233 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6234 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6235 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6236 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6237 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6238 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6239 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6240 return Ret; 6241 } else { 6242 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6243 // prototype. This true when: 6244 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6245 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6246 D.getLocStart(), 6247 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6248 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6253 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6254 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6255 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6256 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6257 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6258 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6259 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6260 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6261 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6262 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6263 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6264 << IsTypeAlias; 6265 } 6266 } 6267 6268 enum OpenCLParamType { 6269 ValidKernelParam, 6270 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6271 PtrKernelParam, 6272 InvalidKernelParam, 6273 RecordKernelParam 6274 }; 6275 6276 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6277 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6278 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6279 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6280 } 6281 6282 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6283 // be used as builtin types. 6284 6285 if (PT->isImageType()) 6286 return PtrKernelParam; 6287 6288 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6289 return InvalidKernelParam; 6290 6291 if (PT->isEventT()) 6292 return InvalidKernelParam; 6293 6294 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6295 return InvalidKernelParam; 6296 6297 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6298 return RecordKernelParam; 6299 6300 return ValidKernelParam; 6301 } 6302 6303 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6304 Sema &S, 6305 Declarator &D, 6306 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6307 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6308 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6309 6310 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6311 // used again 6312 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6313 return; 6314 6315 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6316 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6317 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6318 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6319 // pointer to a pointer type. 6320 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6321 D.setInvalidType(); 6322 return; 6323 6324 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6325 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6326 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6327 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6328 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6329 6330 case InvalidKernelParam: 6331 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6332 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6333 // of event_t type. 6334 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6335 D.setInvalidType(); 6336 return; 6337 6338 case PtrKernelParam: 6339 case ValidKernelParam: 6340 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6341 return; 6342 6343 case RecordKernelParam: 6344 break; 6345 } 6346 6347 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6348 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6349 6350 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6351 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6352 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6353 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6354 6355 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6356 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6357 6358 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6359 6360 do { 6361 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6362 if (!Next) { 6363 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6364 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6365 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6366 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6367 6368 continue; 6369 } 6370 6371 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6372 // field itself) to the history stack. 6373 const RecordDecl *RD; 6374 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6375 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6376 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6377 } else { 6378 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6379 } 6380 6381 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6382 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6383 6384 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6385 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6386 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6387 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6388 6389 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6390 continue; 6391 6392 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6393 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6394 continue; 6395 6396 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6397 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6398 continue; 6399 } 6400 6401 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6402 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6403 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6404 // union. 6405 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6406 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6407 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6408 << PT->isUnionType() 6409 << PT; 6410 } else { 6411 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6412 } 6413 6414 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6415 << PD->getDeclName(); 6416 6417 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6418 // the offending field came from 6419 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6420 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6421 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6422 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6423 << OuterField->getType(); 6424 } 6425 6426 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6427 << QT->isPointerType() 6428 << QT; 6429 D.setInvalidType(); 6430 return; 6431 } 6432 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6433 } 6434 6435 NamedDecl* 6436 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6438 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6439 bool &AddToScope) { 6440 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6441 6442 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6443 6444 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6445 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6446 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6447 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6448 6449 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6450 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6451 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6452 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6453 6454 bool isFriend = false; 6455 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6456 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6457 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6458 6459 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6460 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6461 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6462 6463 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6464 6465 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6466 isVirtualOkay); 6467 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6468 6469 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6470 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6471 6472 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6473 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6474 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6475 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6476 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6477 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6478 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6479 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6480 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6481 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6482 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6483 } 6484 6485 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6486 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6487 // return true). 6488 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6489 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6490 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6491 NewFD->setPure(true); 6492 } 6493 6494 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6495 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6496 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6497 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6498 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6499 6500 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 6501 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 6502 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6503 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6504 6505 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6506 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6507 bool Invalid = false; 6508 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6509 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6510 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6511 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6512 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6513 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6514 // This is a function template 6515 6516 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6517 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6518 return 0; 6519 6520 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6521 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6522 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6523 return 0; 6524 } 6525 6526 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6527 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6528 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6529 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6530 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6531 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6532 Invalid = true; 6533 } 6534 6535 6536 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6537 NewFD->getLocation(), 6538 Name, TemplateParams, 6539 NewFD); 6540 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6541 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6542 6543 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6544 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6545 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6546 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6547 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6548 } 6549 } else { 6550 // This is a function template specialization. 6551 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6552 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6553 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6554 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6555 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6556 6557 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6558 if (isFriend) { 6559 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6560 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6561 6562 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6563 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6564 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6565 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6566 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6567 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6568 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6569 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6570 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6571 } 6572 6573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6574 << Name << RemoveRange 6575 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6576 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6577 } 6578 } 6579 } 6580 else { 6581 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6582 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6583 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6584 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6585 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6586 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6587 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6588 } 6589 6590 if (Invalid) { 6591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6592 if (FunctionTemplate) 6593 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6594 } 6595 6596 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6597 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6598 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6599 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6600 // 6601 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6602 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6603 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6604 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6605 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6606 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6607 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6608 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6609 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6610 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6611 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6612 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6613 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6614 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6615 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6616 } else { 6617 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6618 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6619 } 6620 6621 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6622 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6623 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6624 } 6625 6626 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6627 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6628 // declaration. 6629 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6630 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6631 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6633 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6635 } 6636 } 6637 6638 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6639 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6640 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6641 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6642 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6643 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6644 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6645 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6646 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6647 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6648 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6649 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6650 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6651 // or conversion function. 6652 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6653 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6654 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 if (isConstexpr) { 6659 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6660 // are implicitly inline. 6661 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6662 6663 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6664 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6665 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6666 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6667 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6668 } 6669 6670 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6671 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6672 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6673 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6674 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6675 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6676 << 0 6677 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6678 } else { 6679 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6680 if (FunctionTemplate) 6681 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6682 } 6683 } 6684 6685 if (isFriend) { 6686 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6687 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6688 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6689 } 6690 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6691 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6692 } 6693 6694 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6695 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6696 case FDK_Declaration: 6697 case FDK_Definition: 6698 break; 6699 6700 case FDK_Defaulted: 6701 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6702 break; 6703 6704 case FDK_Deleted: 6705 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6706 break; 6707 } 6708 6709 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6710 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6711 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6712 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6713 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6714 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6715 } 6716 6717 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6718 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6719 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6720 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6721 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6722 // the class. 6723 6724 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6725 // member function definition. 6726 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6727 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6728 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6729 } 6730 6731 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6732 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6733 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6734 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6735 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6736 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6737 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6738 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6739 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6740 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6741 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6742 } 6743 } 6744 6745 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6746 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6747 isExplicitSpecialization || 6748 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6749 6750 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6751 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6752 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6753 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6754 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6755 SE->getString())); 6756 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6757 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6758 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6759 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6760 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6761 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6762 } 6763 } 6764 6765 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6766 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6767 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6768 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6769 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6770 6771 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6772 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6773 // single void argument. 6774 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6775 // already checks for that case. 6776 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6777 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6778 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6779 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6780 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6781 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6782 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6783 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6784 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6785 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6786 Params.push_back(Param); 6787 6788 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6789 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6790 } 6791 } 6792 6793 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6794 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6795 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6796 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6797 // 6798 // @code 6799 // typedef void fn(int); 6800 // fn f; 6801 // @endcode 6802 6803 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6804 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6805 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6806 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6807 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6808 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6809 Params.push_back(Param); 6810 } 6811 } else { 6812 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6813 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6814 } 6815 6816 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6817 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6818 6819 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6820 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6821 // 6822 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6823 // 6824 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6825 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6826 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6827 6828 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6829 NewFD->addAttr( 6830 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6831 Context)); 6832 6833 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6834 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6835 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6836 6837 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6838 // because all functions have linkage. 6839 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6840 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6841 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6843 } 6844 6845 // Handle attributes. 6846 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6847 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6848 6849 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6850 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6851 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6852 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6853 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6854 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6855 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6856 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6857 Context)); 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6862 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6863 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6864 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6865 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6866 6867 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6868 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6869 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6870 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6871 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6872 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6873 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6874 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6875 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6876 } else { 6877 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6878 // argument list into our AST format. 6879 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6880 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6881 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6882 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6883 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6884 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6885 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6886 TemplateArgs); 6887 6888 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6889 6890 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6891 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6892 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6893 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6895 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6896 6897 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6898 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6899 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6900 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6901 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6902 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6903 // too few of them). 6904 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 6905 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 6906 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6907 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6908 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6909 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6910 "template<> "); 6911 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6912 } else { 6913 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6914 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6915 } 6916 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6917 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6918 // wrote something like: 6919 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6920 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6921 // friend void foo<>(int); 6922 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6923 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6924 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6925 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6926 } 6927 6928 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6929 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6930 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6931 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6932 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6933 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6934 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6935 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6936 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6937 InstantiationDependent))) { 6938 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6939 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6940 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6941 Previous)) 6942 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6943 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6944 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6945 && !isFriend) { 6946 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6947 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6948 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6949 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6950 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6951 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6952 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6953 Previous)) 6954 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6955 6956 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6957 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6958 // specialization (14.7.3) 6959 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6960 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6961 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6962 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6963 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6964 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6965 << SC 6966 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6967 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6968 6969 else 6970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6971 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6972 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6973 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6974 } 6975 6976 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6977 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6978 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6979 } 6980 6981 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6982 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6983 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6984 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6985 6986 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6987 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6988 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6989 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6990 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6991 } else 6992 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6993 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6994 } 6995 6996 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6997 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6998 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6999 7000 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7001 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7002 : NewFD); 7003 7004 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7005 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7006 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7007 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7008 7009 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7010 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7011 } 7012 7013 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7014 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7015 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7016 7017 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7018 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7019 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7020 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7021 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7022 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7023 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7024 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7025 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7026 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7027 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7028 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7029 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7030 DC->isDependentContext()) 7031 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7032 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7033 } 7034 7035 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7036 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7037 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7038 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7039 AddToScope }; 7040 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7041 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7042 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7043 7044 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7045 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7046 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7047 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7048 7049 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7050 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7051 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7052 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7053 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7054 // can actually do this check immediately. 7055 if (isFriend && 7056 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7057 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7058 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7059 // ignore these 7060 } else { 7061 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7062 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7063 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7064 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7065 // 7066 // class X { 7067 // void f() const; 7068 // }; 7069 // 7070 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7071 // 7072 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7073 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7074 // whether the parameter types are references). 7075 7076 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7077 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7078 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7079 return Result; 7080 } 7081 } 7082 7083 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7084 // to something. 7085 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7086 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7087 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7088 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7089 return Result; 7090 } 7091 } 7092 7093 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7094 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7095 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7096 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7097 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7098 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7099 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7100 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7101 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7102 // generate them. 7103 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7104 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7105 } 7106 } 7107 7108 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7109 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7110 7111 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7112 7113 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7114 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7115 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7116 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7117 << NewFD; 7118 7119 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7120 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7121 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7122 EPI.Variadic = true; 7123 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7124 7125 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 7126 NewFD->setType(R); 7127 } 7128 7129 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7130 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7131 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7132 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7133 7134 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7135 // marking the function. 7136 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7137 7138 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7139 // the map of such variables. 7140 if (!NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7141 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7142 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7143 7144 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7145 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7146 7147 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7148 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7149 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7150 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7151 return FunctionTemplate; 7152 } 7153 } 7154 7155 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7156 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7157 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7158 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7160 D.setInvalidType(); 7161 } 7162 7163 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7164 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 7165 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7166 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7167 D.setInvalidType(); 7168 } 7169 7170 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7171 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 7172 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 7173 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 7174 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7179 7180 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7181 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7182 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7183 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7184 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7185 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 7186 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7187 7188 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7189 } 7190 } 7191 7192 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7193 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7194 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7195 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7196 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7197 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7198 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7199 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7200 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7201 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7202 AddToScope = false; 7203 } 7204 7205 return NewFD; 7206 } 7207 7208 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7209 /// 7210 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7211 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7212 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7213 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7214 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7215 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7216 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7217 /// 7218 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7219 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7220 /// 7221 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7222 /// 7223 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7224 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7225 LookupResult &Previous, 7226 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7227 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 7228 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7229 7230 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7231 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7232 7233 bool Redeclaration = false; 7234 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7235 7236 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7237 // the same name, if appropriate. 7238 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7239 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7240 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7241 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7242 // function to the scope. 7243 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7244 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7245 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7246 Redeclaration = true; 7247 OldDecl = Candidate; 7248 } 7249 } else { 7250 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7251 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7252 case Ovl_Match: 7253 Redeclaration = true; 7254 break; 7255 7256 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7257 Redeclaration = true; 7258 break; 7259 7260 case Ovl_Overload: 7261 Redeclaration = false; 7262 break; 7263 } 7264 7265 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7266 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7267 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7268 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7269 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7270 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7271 if (Redeclaration) 7272 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7273 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7274 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7275 if (OverloadedDecl) 7276 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7277 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7278 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7279 Context)); 7280 } 7281 } 7282 } 7283 7284 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7285 if (!Redeclaration && 7286 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7287 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7288 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7289 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7290 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7291 Redeclaration = true; 7292 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7293 7294 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7295 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7297 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7298 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7299 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7300 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7301 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7302 Context)); 7303 } 7304 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7305 Redeclaration = false; 7306 OldDecl = 0; 7307 } 7308 } 7309 } 7310 } 7311 7312 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7313 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7314 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7315 // 7316 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7317 // definition of a static member function. 7318 // 7319 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7320 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7321 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7322 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7323 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7324 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7325 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7326 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 7327 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 7328 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 7329 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7330 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7331 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7332 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7333 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7334 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 7335 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 7336 7337 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7338 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7339 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7340 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7341 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7342 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7343 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7344 7345 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7346 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7347 } 7348 } 7349 } 7350 7351 if (Redeclaration) { 7352 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7353 // merged. 7354 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 7355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7356 return Redeclaration; 7357 } 7358 7359 Previous.clear(); 7360 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7361 7362 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7363 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7364 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7365 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7366 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7367 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7368 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7369 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7370 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7371 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7372 } 7373 7374 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7375 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7376 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7377 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7378 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7379 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7380 } 7381 7382 } else { 7383 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7384 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7385 7386 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7387 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7388 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7389 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7390 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7391 7392 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7393 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7394 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7395 7396 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7397 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7398 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7399 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7400 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7401 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7402 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 7403 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7404 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7405 } 7406 } 7407 } 7408 } 7409 } 7410 7411 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7413 // C++-specific checks. 7414 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7415 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7416 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7417 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7418 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7419 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7420 7421 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7422 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7423 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7424 DeclarationName Name 7425 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7426 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7427 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7428 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7429 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7430 return Redeclaration; 7431 } 7432 } 7433 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7434 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7435 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7436 } 7437 7438 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7439 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7440 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7441 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7442 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7443 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7444 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7445 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7446 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7447 } 7448 } 7449 } 7450 7451 if (Method->isStatic()) 7452 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7453 } 7454 7455 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7456 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7457 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7458 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7459 return Redeclaration; 7460 } 7461 7462 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7463 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7464 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7465 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7466 return Redeclaration; 7467 } 7468 7469 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7470 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7471 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7472 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7473 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7474 7475 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7476 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7477 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7478 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7479 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7480 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7481 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7482 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7483 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7484 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7489 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7490 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7491 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7492 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7493 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7494 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7495 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7496 << NewFD << R; 7497 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7498 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7499 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7500 } 7501 } 7502 return Redeclaration; 7503 } 7504 7505 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7506 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7507 if (!TSI) 7508 return SourceRange(); 7509 7510 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7511 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7512 if (!FunctionTL) 7513 return SourceRange(); 7514 7515 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7516 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7517 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7518 7519 return SourceRange(); 7520 } 7521 7522 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7523 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7524 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7525 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7526 // appear in a declaration of main. 7527 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7528 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7529 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7530 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7531 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7532 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7533 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7534 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7535 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7536 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7537 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7538 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7539 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7540 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7541 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7542 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7543 } 7544 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7545 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7546 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7547 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7548 } 7549 7550 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7551 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7552 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7553 7554 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7555 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7556 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7557 // set the flag which tells us that. 7558 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7559 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7560 7561 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7562 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7563 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7564 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7565 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7566 7567 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7568 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7569 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7570 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7571 7572 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7573 } else { 7574 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7575 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7576 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7577 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7578 else 7579 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7580 7581 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7582 } 7583 7584 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7585 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7586 7587 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7588 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7589 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7590 7591 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7592 7593 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7594 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7595 // getting shifty. 7596 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7597 HasExtraParameters = false; 7598 7599 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7600 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7601 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7602 nparams = 3; 7603 } 7604 7605 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7606 // if we had some location information about types. 7607 7608 QualType CharPP = 7609 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7610 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7611 7612 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7613 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7614 7615 bool mismatch = true; 7616 7617 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7618 mismatch = false; 7619 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7620 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7621 // char const ** 7622 // char const * const * 7623 // char * const * 7624 7625 QualifierCollector qs; 7626 const PointerType* PT; 7627 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7628 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7629 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7630 Context.CharTy)) { 7631 qs.removeConst(); 7632 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7633 } 7634 } 7635 7636 if (mismatch) { 7637 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7638 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7639 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7640 } 7641 } 7642 7643 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7645 } 7646 7647 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7648 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7649 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7650 } 7651 } 7652 7653 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7654 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7655 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7656 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7657 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7658 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7659 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7660 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7661 // rules there don't matter.) 7662 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7663 return false; 7664 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7665 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7666 return true; 7667 } 7668 7669 namespace { 7670 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7671 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7672 class SelfReferenceChecker 7673 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7674 Sema &S; 7675 Decl *OrigDecl; 7676 bool isRecordType; 7677 bool isPODType; 7678 bool isReferenceType; 7679 7680 public: 7681 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7682 7683 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7684 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7685 isPODType = false; 7686 isRecordType = false; 7687 isReferenceType = false; 7688 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7689 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7690 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7691 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7696 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7697 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7698 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7699 if (isReferenceType) 7700 return; 7701 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7702 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7703 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7704 return; 7705 } 7706 7707 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7708 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7709 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7710 return; 7711 } 7712 7713 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7714 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7715 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7716 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7717 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7718 return; 7719 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7720 } 7721 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7722 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7723 return; 7724 } 7725 } 7726 7727 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7728 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7729 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7730 if (isReferenceType) 7731 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7732 } 7733 7734 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7735 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7736 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7737 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7738 7739 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7740 } 7741 7742 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7743 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7744 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7745 7746 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7747 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7748 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7749 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7750 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7751 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7752 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7753 Warn = false; 7754 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7755 } 7756 7757 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7758 if (Warn) 7759 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7760 return; 7761 } 7762 7763 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7764 // Visit that expression. 7765 Visit(Base); 7766 } 7767 7768 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7769 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7770 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7771 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7772 7773 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7774 } 7775 7776 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7777 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7778 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7779 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7780 if (!isPODType) 7781 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7782 return; 7783 } 7784 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7785 } 7786 7787 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7788 7789 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7790 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7791 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7792 unsigned diag; 7793 if (isReferenceType) { 7794 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7795 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7796 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7797 } else { 7798 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7799 } 7800 7801 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7802 S.PDiag(diag) 7803 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7804 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7805 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7806 } 7807 }; 7808 7809 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7810 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7811 bool DirectInit) { 7812 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7813 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7814 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7815 return; 7816 7817 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7818 7819 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7820 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7821 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7822 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7823 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7824 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7825 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7826 return; 7827 7828 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7829 } 7830 } 7831 7832 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7833 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7834 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7835 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7836 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7837 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7838 // the initializer. 7839 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7840 return; 7841 7842 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7843 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7844 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7845 // Thus this grotesque test. 7846 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7847 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7848 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7849 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7850 else { 7851 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7852 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7853 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7854 } 7855 return; 7856 } 7857 7858 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7859 if (!VDecl) { 7860 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7861 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7862 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7863 return; 7864 } 7865 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7866 7867 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7868 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7869 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7870 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7871 // contains exactly one expression. 7872 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7873 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7874 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7875 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7876 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7877 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7878 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7879 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7880 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7881 return; 7882 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7883 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7884 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7885 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7886 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7887 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7888 return; 7889 } else { 7890 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7891 } 7892 } 7893 7894 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7895 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7896 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7897 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7898 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7899 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7900 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7901 return; 7902 } 7903 Init = Result.take(); 7904 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7905 } 7906 7907 QualType DeducedType; 7908 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7909 DAR_Failed) 7910 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7911 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7912 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7913 return; 7914 } 7915 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7916 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7917 7918 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7919 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7920 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7921 7922 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7923 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7924 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7925 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7926 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7927 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7928 SourceLocation Loc = 7929 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7930 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7931 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7932 } 7933 7934 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7935 // the previously declared type. 7936 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7937 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7938 7939 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7940 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7941 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7942 return; 7943 } 7944 7945 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7946 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7947 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7948 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7949 return; 7950 } 7951 7952 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7953 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7954 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7955 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7956 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7957 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7958 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7959 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7960 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7961 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7962 return; 7963 } 7964 7965 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7966 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7967 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7968 AbstractVariableType)) 7969 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7970 } 7971 7972 const VarDecl *Def; 7973 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7974 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7975 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7976 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7977 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7978 return; 7979 } 7980 7981 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7983 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7984 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7985 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7986 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7987 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7988 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7989 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7990 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7991 // 7992 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7993 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7994 // declaration with an initializer. 7995 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7996 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7997 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7998 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7999 return; 8000 } 8001 8002 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8003 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8004 8005 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8006 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8007 return; 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8012 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8013 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8014 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8015 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8016 return; 8017 } 8018 8019 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8020 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8021 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8022 8023 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8024 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8025 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8026 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8027 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8028 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8029 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8030 return; 8031 } 8032 Init = Result.take(); 8033 } 8034 8035 // Perform the initialization. 8036 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8037 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8038 InitializationKind Kind 8039 = DirectInit ? 8040 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8041 Init->getLocStart(), 8042 Init->getLocEnd()) 8043 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8044 VDecl->getLocation()) 8045 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8046 Init->getLocStart()); 8047 8048 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8049 if (CXXDirectInit) 8050 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8051 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8052 8053 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8054 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8055 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8056 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8057 return; 8058 } 8059 8060 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8061 } 8062 8063 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8064 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8065 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8066 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8067 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8068 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8069 } 8070 8071 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8072 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8073 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8074 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8075 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8076 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8077 8078 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8079 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8080 8081 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8082 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8083 8084 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8085 // Although this code can still have problems: 8086 // id x = self.weakProp; 8087 // id y = self.weakProp; 8088 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8089 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8090 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8091 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8092 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8093 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8094 Init->getLocStart()); 8095 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8096 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8097 } 8098 } 8099 8100 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8101 // 8102 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8103 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8104 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8105 // 8106 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8107 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8108 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8109 // 8110 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8111 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8112 false, 8113 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8114 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8115 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8116 return; 8117 } 8118 Init = Result.take(); 8119 8120 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8121 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8122 8123 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8124 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8125 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8126 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8127 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8128 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8129 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8130 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8131 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8132 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8133 // constant expressions. 8134 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8135 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8136 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8137 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8138 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8139 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8140 } 8141 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8142 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8143 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8144 // 8145 // struct S { 8146 // static const int value = 17; 8147 // }; 8148 8149 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8150 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8151 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8152 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8153 // 8154 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8155 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8156 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8157 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8158 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8159 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8160 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8161 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8162 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8163 8164 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8165 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8166 8167 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8168 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8169 // type. 8170 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8171 8172 // Require constness. 8173 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8174 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8175 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8176 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8177 8178 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8179 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8180 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8181 SourceLocation Loc; 8182 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8183 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8184 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8185 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8186 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8187 ; // Nothing to check. 8188 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8189 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8190 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8191 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8192 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8193 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8194 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8195 } else { 8196 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8197 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8198 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8199 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8200 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8201 } 8202 8203 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8204 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8205 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8206 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8207 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8208 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8209 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8210 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8211 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8212 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8213 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8214 } else { 8215 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8216 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8217 8218 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8219 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8220 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8221 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8222 } 8223 } 8224 8225 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8226 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8227 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8228 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8229 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8230 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8231 8232 } else { 8233 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8234 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8235 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8236 } 8237 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8238 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8239 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8240 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8241 VDecl->isExternC()))) 8242 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8243 8244 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8245 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8246 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8247 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8248 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8249 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8250 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8251 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8252 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8253 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8254 // initialization. 8255 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8256 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8257 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8258 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8259 } 8260 } 8261 8262 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8263 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8264 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8265 // 8266 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8267 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8268 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8269 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8270 // special case code. 8271 8272 // C++ 8.5p11: 8273 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8274 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8275 // class type. 8276 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8277 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8278 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8279 } else if (DirectInit) { 8280 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8281 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8282 } 8283 8284 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8285 } 8286 8287 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8288 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8289 /// of sanity. 8290 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8291 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8292 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8293 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8294 8295 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8296 if (!VD) return; 8297 8298 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8299 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8300 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8301 return; 8302 } 8303 8304 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8305 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8306 8307 // Require a complete type. 8308 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8309 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8310 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8311 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8312 return; 8313 } 8314 8315 // Require an abstract type. 8316 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8317 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8318 AbstractVariableType)) { 8319 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8320 return; 8321 } 8322 8323 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8324 // though. 8325 } 8326 8327 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8328 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8329 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8330 if (RealDecl == 0) 8331 return; 8332 8333 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8334 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8335 8336 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8337 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8338 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8339 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8340 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8341 return; 8342 } 8343 8344 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8345 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8346 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8347 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8348 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8349 // member. 8350 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8351 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8352 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8353 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8354 << Var->getDeclName(); 8355 else 8356 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8357 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8358 return; 8359 } 8360 8361 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8362 case VarDecl::Definition: 8363 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8364 break; 8365 8366 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8367 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8368 // a declaration. 8369 // 8370 // Fall through 8371 8372 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8373 // It's only a declaration. 8374 8375 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8376 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8377 // object shall be complete. 8378 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8379 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8380 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8381 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8382 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8383 8384 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8385 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8386 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8387 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8388 AbstractVariableType)) 8389 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8390 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8391 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8392 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8393 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8394 } 8395 8396 return; 8397 8398 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8399 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8400 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8401 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8402 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8403 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8404 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8405 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8406 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8407 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8408 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8409 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8410 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8411 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8412 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8413 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8414 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8415 // NOTE: code such as the following 8416 // static struct s; 8417 // struct s { int a; }; 8418 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8419 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8420 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8421 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 8422 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8423 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8424 } 8425 } 8426 8427 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8428 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8429 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8430 return; 8431 } 8432 8433 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8434 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8435 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8436 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8437 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8438 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8439 return; 8440 } 8441 8442 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8443 // definitions with reference type. 8444 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8445 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8446 << Var->getDeclName() 8447 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8448 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8449 return; 8450 } 8451 8452 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8453 // variable with dependent type. 8454 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8455 return; 8456 8457 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8458 return; 8459 8460 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8461 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8462 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8463 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8464 return; 8465 } 8466 8467 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8468 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8469 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8470 AbstractVariableType)) { 8471 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8472 return; 8473 } 8474 8475 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8476 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8477 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8478 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8479 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8480 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8481 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8482 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8483 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8484 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8486 if (const RecordType *Record 8487 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8488 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8489 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8490 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8491 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8492 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8493 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8494 } 8495 } 8496 8497 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8498 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8499 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8500 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8501 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8502 // type shall have a user-declared default 8503 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8504 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8505 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8506 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8507 // program is ill-formed. 8508 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8509 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8510 // default-initialized; [...]. 8511 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8512 InitializationKind Kind 8513 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8514 8515 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8516 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8517 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8518 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8519 else if (Init.get()) { 8520 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8521 // This is important for template substitution. 8522 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8523 } 8524 8525 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8526 } 8527 } 8528 8529 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8530 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8531 if (!VD) { 8532 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8533 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8534 return; 8535 } 8536 8537 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8538 8539 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8540 int Error = -1; 8541 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8542 case SC_None: 8543 break; 8544 case SC_Extern: 8545 Error = 0; 8546 break; 8547 case SC_Static: 8548 Error = 1; 8549 break; 8550 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8551 Error = 2; 8552 break; 8553 case SC_Auto: 8554 Error = 3; 8555 break; 8556 case SC_Register: 8557 Error = 4; 8558 break; 8559 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8560 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8561 } 8562 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8563 Error = 5; 8564 if (Error != -1) { 8565 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8566 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8567 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8568 } 8569 } 8570 8571 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8572 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8573 8574 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8575 // local retaining variable. 8576 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8577 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8578 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8579 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8580 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8581 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8582 break; 8583 8584 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8585 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8586 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8587 break; 8588 } 8589 } 8590 8591 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8592 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8593 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8594 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8595 var->getLocation())) { 8596 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8597 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8598 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8599 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8600 8601 if (!prev) 8602 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8603 } 8604 8605 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8606 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8607 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8608 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8609 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8610 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8612 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8613 } 8614 8615 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8616 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8617 8618 QualType type = var->getType(); 8619 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8620 8621 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8622 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8623 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8624 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8625 8626 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8627 // constructing this copy. 8628 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8629 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8630 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8631 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8632 ExprResult result 8633 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8634 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8635 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8636 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8637 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8638 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8639 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8640 } 8641 } 8642 } 8643 8644 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8645 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8646 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8647 8648 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8649 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8650 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8651 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8652 var->getLocation()) 8653 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8654 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8655 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8656 // warned about them. 8657 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8658 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8659 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8660 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8661 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8662 } 8663 8664 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8665 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8666 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8667 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8668 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8669 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8670 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8671 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8672 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8673 Notes.clear(); 8674 } 8675 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8676 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8677 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8678 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8679 } 8680 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8681 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8682 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8683 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8684 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8685 } 8686 } 8687 8688 // Require the destructor. 8689 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8690 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8691 } 8692 8693 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8694 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8695 void 8696 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8697 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8698 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8699 8700 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8701 if (!VD) 8702 return; 8703 8704 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8705 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8706 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8707 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8708 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8709 8710 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8711 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8712 8713 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8714 // tag values. 8715 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8716 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8717 return; 8718 8719 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8720 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8721 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8722 I != E; ++I) { 8723 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8724 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8725 continue; 8726 } 8727 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8728 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8729 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8730 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8731 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8732 continue; 8733 } 8734 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8735 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8736 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8737 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8738 continue; 8739 } 8740 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8741 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8742 MagicValue, 8743 I->getMatchingCType(), 8744 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8745 I->getMustBeNull()); 8746 } 8747 } 8748 8749 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8750 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8751 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8752 8753 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8754 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8755 8756 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8757 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8758 Decls.push_back(D); 8759 8760 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8761 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8762 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 8763 } 8764 8765 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8766 } 8767 8768 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8769 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8770 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8771 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 8772 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8773 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8774 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8775 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8776 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8777 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8778 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8779 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8780 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 8781 QualType Deduced; 8782 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8783 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8785 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8786 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8787 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8788 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8789 break; 8790 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8791 if (!U.isNull()) { 8792 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8793 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8794 Deduced = U; 8795 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8796 DeducedDecl = D; 8797 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8798 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8799 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8800 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8801 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8802 << U << D->getDeclName() 8803 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8804 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8805 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8806 break; 8807 } 8808 } 8809 } 8810 } 8811 } 8812 8813 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 8814 8815 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 8816 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 8817 } 8818 8819 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8820 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 8821 } 8822 8823 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8824 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8825 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 8826 return; 8827 8828 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8829 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8830 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8831 return; 8832 8833 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 8834 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8835 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8836 // additional declaration references: 8837 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8838 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8839 // 'struct S *pS;' 8840 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8841 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8842 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8843 Group = Group.slice(1); 8844 } 8845 } 8846 8847 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8848 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8849 if (!Comments.empty() && 8850 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8851 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8852 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8853 // 8854 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8855 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8856 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8857 // ahead through comments. 8858 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8859 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8860 } 8861 } 8862 8863 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8864 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8865 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8866 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8867 8868 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8869 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8870 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8871 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8872 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8873 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8874 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8875 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8876 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8877 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8878 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8879 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8880 } 8881 8882 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8883 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8884 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8885 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8886 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8887 << 0; 8888 8889 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8890 8891 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8892 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8893 8894 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8895 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8896 // parameter. 8897 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8898 8899 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8900 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8901 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8902 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8903 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8904 } 8905 } 8906 8907 // Ensure we have a valid name 8908 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8909 if (D.hasName()) { 8910 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8911 if (!II) { 8912 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8913 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8914 D.setInvalidType(true); 8915 } 8916 } 8917 8918 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8919 if (II) { 8920 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8921 ForRedeclaration); 8922 LookupName(R, S); 8923 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8924 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8925 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8926 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8927 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8928 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8929 PrevDecl = 0; 8930 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8931 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8932 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8933 8934 // Recover by removing the name 8935 II = 0; 8936 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8937 D.setInvalidType(true); 8938 } 8939 } 8940 } 8941 8942 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8943 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8944 // looking like class members in C++. 8945 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8946 D.getLocStart(), 8947 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8948 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8949 StorageClass); 8950 8951 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8952 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8953 8954 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8955 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8956 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8957 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8958 8959 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8960 S->AddDecl(New); 8961 if (II) 8962 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8963 8964 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8965 8966 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8967 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8968 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8969 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8970 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8971 8972 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8973 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8974 } 8975 return New; 8976 } 8977 8978 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8979 /// typedef. 8980 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8981 SourceLocation Loc, 8982 QualType T) { 8983 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8984 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8985 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8986 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8987 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8988 SC_None, 0); 8989 Param->setImplicit(); 8990 return Param; 8991 } 8992 8993 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8994 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8995 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8996 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8997 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8998 return; 8999 9000 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9001 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9002 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9003 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9004 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9005 } 9006 } 9007 } 9008 9009 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9010 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9011 QualType ReturnTy, 9012 NamedDecl *D) { 9013 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9014 return; 9015 9016 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9017 // threshold. 9018 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9019 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9020 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9021 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9022 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9023 } 9024 9025 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9026 // threshold. 9027 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9028 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9029 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9030 continue; 9031 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9032 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9033 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9034 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9035 } 9036 } 9037 9038 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9039 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9040 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9041 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9042 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9043 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9044 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9045 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9046 9047 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9048 9049 // Special cases for arrays: 9050 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9051 // - otherwise, it's an error 9052 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9053 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9054 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9055 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9056 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9057 } 9058 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9059 } else { 9060 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9061 } 9062 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9063 } 9064 9065 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9066 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9067 TSInfo, 9068 StorageClass, 0); 9069 9070 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9071 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9072 // the class has been completely parsed. 9073 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9074 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9075 AbstractParamType)) 9076 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9077 9078 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9079 // passed by reference. 9080 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9081 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9082 Diag(NameLoc, 9083 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9084 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9085 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9086 New->setType(T); 9087 } 9088 9089 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9090 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9091 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9092 // an address space. 9093 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9094 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9095 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9096 } 9097 9098 return New; 9099 } 9100 9101 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9102 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9103 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9104 9105 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9106 // for a K&R function. 9107 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9108 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9109 --i; 9110 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 9111 SmallString<256> Code; 9112 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 9113 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 9114 << ";\n"; 9115 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9116 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 9117 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9118 9119 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9120 // type. 9121 AttributeFactory attrs; 9122 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9123 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9124 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9125 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 9126 PrevSpec, DiagID); 9127 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9128 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9129 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9130 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9131 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9132 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9133 } 9134 } 9135 } 9136 } 9137 9138 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9139 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9140 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9141 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9142 9143 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9144 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9145 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9146 } 9147 9148 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9149 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9150 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9151 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9152 return false; 9153 9154 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9155 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9156 return false; 9157 9158 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9159 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9160 return false; 9161 9162 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9163 if (FD->isMain()) 9164 return false; 9165 9166 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9167 if (FD->isInlined()) 9168 return false; 9169 9170 // Don't warn about function templates. 9171 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9172 return false; 9173 9174 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9175 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9176 return false; 9177 9178 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9179 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9180 return false; 9181 9182 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9183 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9184 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9185 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9186 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9187 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9188 continue; 9189 9190 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9191 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9192 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9193 break; 9194 } 9195 9196 return MissingPrototype; 9197 } 9198 9199 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9200 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9201 // was an extern inline function. 9202 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 9203 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 9204 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 9205 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9206 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9208 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9209 else 9210 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9211 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9212 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9213 } 9214 } 9215 9216 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9217 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9218 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9219 9220 if (!D) 9221 return D; 9222 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9223 9224 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9225 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9226 else 9227 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9228 9229 // Enter a new function scope 9230 PushFunctionScope(); 9231 9232 // See if this is a redefinition. 9233 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9234 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9235 9236 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9237 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9238 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9239 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9240 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9241 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9242 } 9243 } 9244 9245 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9246 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9247 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 9248 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9249 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9250 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9251 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9252 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9253 9254 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9255 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9256 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9257 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9258 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9259 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9260 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9261 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9262 9263 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9264 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9265 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9266 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9267 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9268 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9269 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9270 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9271 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9272 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9273 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9274 } 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 if (FnBodyScope) 9279 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9280 9281 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9282 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9283 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9284 9285 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9286 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 9287 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 9288 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9289 9290 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9291 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9292 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9293 9294 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9295 } 9296 } 9297 9298 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9299 // introduce them into the function scope. 9300 if (FnBodyScope) { 9301 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9302 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9303 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9304 I != E; ++I) { 9305 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9306 9307 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9308 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9309 // and reattach to the current context. 9310 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9311 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9312 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 9313 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 9314 if (*DI == D) { 9315 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9316 break; 9317 } 9318 } 9319 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9320 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9321 } 9322 9323 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9324 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9325 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9326 9327 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9328 // accessible in this scope. 9329 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9330 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9331 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9332 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9333 } 9334 } 9335 } 9336 9337 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9338 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9339 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9340 9341 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9342 // dllimport attribute. 9343 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9344 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9345 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9346 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9347 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9348 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9349 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9350 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9351 << "dllimport"; 9352 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9353 return D; 9354 } 9355 9356 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9357 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9358 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9359 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9360 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9361 // emitted. 9362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9363 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9364 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 9365 } 9366 } 9367 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9368 // a function template). 9369 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9370 return D; 9371 } 9372 9373 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9374 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9375 /// optimization. 9376 /// 9377 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9378 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9379 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9380 /// use the named return value optimization. 9381 /// 9382 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9383 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9384 /// the NRVO variable. 9385 /// 9386 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9387 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9388 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9389 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9390 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9391 9392 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9393 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9394 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9395 return; 9396 9397 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9398 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9399 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9400 return; 9401 } 9402 9403 if (NRVOCandidate) 9404 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9405 } 9406 9407 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9408 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9409 return false; 9410 9411 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9412 return true; 9413 9414 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9415 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9416 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9417 else 9418 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9419 9420 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9421 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9422 // rest of the file. 9423 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9424 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9425 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9426 } 9427 9428 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9429 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9430 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9431 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9432 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9433 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9434 } 9435 9436 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9437 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9438 } 9439 9440 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9441 bool IsInstantiation) { 9442 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9443 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9444 if (FunTmpl) 9445 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9446 else 9447 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9448 9449 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9450 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9451 9452 if (FD) { 9453 FD->setBody(Body); 9454 9455 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9456 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9457 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9458 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9459 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9460 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9461 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9462 << FD->getResultType(); 9463 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9464 } else { 9465 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9466 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9467 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9468 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9469 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9470 } 9471 } 9472 9473 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9474 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9475 // is the first declaration. 9476 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9477 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9478 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9479 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9480 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9481 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9482 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9483 } 9484 9485 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9486 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9487 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9488 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9489 9490 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9491 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9492 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 9493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9494 9495 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9496 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9497 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9498 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9499 9500 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9501 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9502 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9503 9504 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9505 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9506 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9508 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9509 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9510 } 9511 9512 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9513 "Function parsing confused"); 9514 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9515 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9516 MD->setBody(Body); 9517 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9518 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9519 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9520 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9521 9522 if (Body) 9523 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9524 } 9525 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9526 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9527 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9528 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9529 } 9530 } else { 9531 return 0; 9532 } 9533 9534 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9535 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9536 "handled in the block above."); 9537 9538 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9539 if (Body) { 9540 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9541 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9542 // Verify this. 9543 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9544 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9545 9546 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9547 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9548 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9549 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9550 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9551 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9552 9553 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9554 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9555 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9556 9557 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9558 Destructor->getParent()); 9559 } 9560 9561 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9562 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9563 // deletion in some later function. 9564 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9565 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9566 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9567 } 9568 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9569 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9570 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9571 // enabled. 9572 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9573 } 9574 9575 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9576 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9577 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9578 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9579 9580 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9581 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9582 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9583 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9584 } 9585 9586 if (!IsInstantiation) 9587 PopDeclContext(); 9588 9589 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9590 9591 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9592 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9593 // deletion in some later function. 9594 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9595 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9596 } 9597 9598 return dcl; 9599 } 9600 9601 9602 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9603 /// relevant Decl. 9604 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9605 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9606 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9607 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9608 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9609 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9610 9611 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9612 if (Method->isStatic()) 9613 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9614 } 9615 9616 9617 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9618 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9619 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9620 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9621 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9622 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9623 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9624 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9625 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9626 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9627 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9628 return ExternCPrev; 9629 } 9630 9631 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9632 unsigned diag_id; 9633 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9634 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9635 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9636 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9637 else 9638 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9639 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9640 9641 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9642 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9643 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9644 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9645 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9646 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9647 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9648 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9649 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9650 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9651 9652 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9653 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9654 9655 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9656 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9657 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9658 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9659 } 9660 } 9661 9662 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9663 const char *Dummy; 9664 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9665 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9666 unsigned DiagID; 9667 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9668 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9669 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9670 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9671 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9672 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9673 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9674 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9675 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9676 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9677 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9678 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9679 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9680 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9681 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9682 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9683 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9684 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9685 EST_None, 9686 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9687 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9688 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9689 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9690 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9691 Loc, Loc, D), 9692 DS.getAttributes(), 9693 SourceLocation()); 9694 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9695 9696 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9697 9698 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9699 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9700 9701 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9702 FD->setImplicit(); 9703 9704 CurContext = PrevDC; 9705 9706 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9707 9708 return FD; 9709 } 9710 9711 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9712 /// the declaration of this function. 9713 /// 9714 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9715 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9716 /// like NSLog or printf. 9717 /// 9718 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9719 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 9720 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9721 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9722 return; 9723 9724 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9725 // actual attributes. 9726 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9727 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9728 unsigned FormatIdx; 9729 bool HasVAListArg; 9730 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9731 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9732 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9733 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9734 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9735 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9736 fmt = "NSString"; 9737 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9738 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9739 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9740 } 9741 } 9742 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9743 HasVAListArg)) { 9744 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9745 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9746 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9747 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9748 } 9749 9750 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9751 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9752 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9753 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9754 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9755 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9756 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9757 } 9758 9759 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9760 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9761 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9762 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9763 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9764 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9765 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9766 } 9767 9768 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9769 if (!Name) 9770 return; 9771 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9772 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9773 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9774 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9775 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9776 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9777 // about. 9778 } else 9779 return; 9780 9781 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9782 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9783 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9784 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9785 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9786 "printf", 2, 9787 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9788 } 9789 9790 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9791 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9792 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9793 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9794 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9795 } 9796 } 9797 9798 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9799 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9800 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9801 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9802 9803 if (!TInfo) { 9804 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9805 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9806 } 9807 9808 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9809 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9810 D.getLocStart(), 9811 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9812 D.getIdentifier(), 9813 TInfo); 9814 9815 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9816 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9817 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9818 return NewTD; 9819 } 9820 9821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9822 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9823 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9824 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9825 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9826 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9827 else 9828 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9829 } 9830 9831 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9832 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9833 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9834 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9835 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9836 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9837 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9838 case TST_enum: 9839 case TST_struct: 9840 case TST_interface: 9841 case TST_union: 9842 case TST_class: { 9843 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9844 9845 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9846 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9847 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9848 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9849 9850 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9851 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9852 9853 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9854 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9855 break; 9856 9857 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9858 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9859 break; 9860 } 9861 9862 default: 9863 break; 9864 } 9865 9866 return NewTD; 9867 } 9868 9869 9870 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9871 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9872 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9873 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9874 9875 if (T->isDependentType()) 9876 return false; 9877 9878 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9879 if (BT->isInteger()) 9880 return false; 9881 9882 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9883 return true; 9884 } 9885 9886 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9887 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9888 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9889 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9890 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9891 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9892 9893 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9894 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9895 << Prev->isScoped(); 9896 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9897 return true; 9898 } 9899 9900 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9901 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9902 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9903 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9904 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9905 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9906 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9907 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9908 return true; 9909 } 9910 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9911 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9912 << Prev->isFixed(); 9913 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9914 return true; 9915 } 9916 9917 return false; 9918 } 9919 9920 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9921 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9922 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9923 /// 9924 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9925 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9926 switch (Tag) { 9927 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9928 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9929 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9930 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9931 } 9932 } 9933 9934 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9935 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9936 /// 9937 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9938 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9939 { 9940 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9941 } 9942 9943 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9944 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9945 /// 9946 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9947 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9948 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9949 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9950 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9951 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9952 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9953 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9954 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9955 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9956 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9957 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9958 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9959 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9960 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9961 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9962 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9963 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9964 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9965 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9966 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9967 return true; 9968 9969 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9970 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9971 bool isTemplate = false; 9972 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9973 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9974 9975 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9976 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9977 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9978 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9979 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9980 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9981 return true; 9982 } 9983 9984 if (isDefinition) { 9985 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9986 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9987 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9988 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9989 return true; 9990 } 9991 9992 bool previousMismatch = false; 9993 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9994 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9995 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9996 if (!previousMismatch) { 9997 previousMismatch = true; 9998 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9999 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10000 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10001 } 10002 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10003 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10004 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10005 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10006 } 10007 } 10008 return true; 10009 } 10010 10011 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10012 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10013 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10014 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10015 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10016 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10017 return true; 10018 } 10019 10020 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10021 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10022 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10023 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10024 10025 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 10026 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10027 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10028 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10029 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10030 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10031 } 10032 10033 return true; 10034 } 10035 return false; 10036 } 10037 10038 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10039 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10040 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10041 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10042 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10043 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10044 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10045 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10046 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10048 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10049 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10050 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10051 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 10052 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10053 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10054 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10055 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10056 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10057 10058 OwnedDecl = false; 10059 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10060 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10061 10062 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10063 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10064 bool Invalid = false; 10065 10066 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10067 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10068 // for non-C++ cases. 10069 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10070 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10071 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10072 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10073 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10074 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10075 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10076 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10077 return 0; 10078 } 10079 10080 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10081 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10082 // be a member of another template). 10083 10084 if (Invalid) 10085 return 0; 10086 10087 OwnedDecl = false; 10088 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10089 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10090 TemplateParams, AS, 10091 ModulePrivateLoc, 10092 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10093 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10094 return Result.get(); 10095 } else { 10096 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10097 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10098 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10099 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10100 } 10101 } 10102 } 10103 10104 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10105 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10106 // redeclaration. 10107 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10108 10109 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10110 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10111 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10112 // type, default to int. 10113 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10114 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10115 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10116 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10117 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10118 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10119 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10120 10121 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10122 // Recover by falling back to int. 10123 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10124 10125 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10126 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10127 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10128 10129 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10130 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10131 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10132 } 10133 10134 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10135 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10136 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10137 10138 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10139 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10140 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10141 10142 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10143 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10144 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10145 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10146 10147 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10148 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10149 Name = 0; 10150 goto CreateNewDecl; 10151 } 10152 10153 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10154 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10155 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10156 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10157 if (!DC) { 10158 IsDependent = true; 10159 return 0; 10160 } 10161 } else { 10162 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10163 if (!DC) { 10164 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10165 << SS.getRange(); 10166 return 0; 10167 } 10168 } 10169 10170 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10171 return 0; 10172 10173 SearchDC = DC; 10174 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10175 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10176 10177 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10178 return 0; 10179 10180 if (Previous.empty()) { 10181 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10182 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10183 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10184 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10185 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10186 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10187 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10188 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10189 IsDependent = true; 10190 return 0; 10191 } 10192 10193 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10194 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10195 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10196 Name = 0; 10197 Invalid = true; 10198 goto CreateNewDecl; 10199 } 10200 } else if (Name) { 10201 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10202 // declaration or definition. 10203 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10204 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10205 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10206 LookupName(Previous, S); 10207 10208 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10209 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10210 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10211 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10212 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10213 while (F.hasNext()) { 10214 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10215 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10216 F.erase(); 10217 } 10218 F.done(); 10219 } 10220 10221 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10222 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10223 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10224 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10225 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10226 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10227 // 10228 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10229 // semantic context? 10230 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10231 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10232 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10233 while (F.hasNext()) { 10234 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10235 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10236 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10237 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10238 F.erase(); 10239 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10240 } 10241 } 10242 F.done(); 10243 } 10244 10245 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10246 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10247 return 0; 10248 10249 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10250 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10251 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10252 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10253 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10254 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10255 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10256 } 10257 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10258 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10259 // initial context to the translation unit. 10260 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10261 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10262 } 10263 10264 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10265 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10266 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10267 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10268 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10269 Previous.clear(); 10270 } 10271 10272 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10273 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10274 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10275 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10276 10277 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10278 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10279 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10280 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10281 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10282 } 10283 } 10284 10285 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10286 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10287 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10288 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10289 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10290 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10291 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10292 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10293 10294 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10295 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10296 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10297 // 10298 // class-key identifier 10299 // 10300 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10301 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10302 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10303 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10304 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10305 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10306 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10307 // declaration. 10308 // 10309 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10310 // C structs and unions. 10311 // 10312 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10313 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10314 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10315 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10316 // 10317 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10318 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10319 // 10320 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10321 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10322 // lexical context, 10323 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10324 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10325 10326 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10327 while (S->isClassScope() || 10328 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10329 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10330 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10331 (S->getEntity() && 10332 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 10333 S = S->getParent(); 10334 } else { 10335 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10336 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10337 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10338 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10339 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10340 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10341 } 10342 10343 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10344 // diagnose some problems. 10345 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10346 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10347 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10348 } 10349 } 10350 10351 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10352 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 10353 10354 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10355 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10356 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10357 // in C++. 10358 // 10359 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10360 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10361 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10362 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10364 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10365 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10366 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10367 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10368 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10369 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10370 PrevDecl = Tag; 10371 Previous.clear(); 10372 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10373 Previous.resolveKind(); 10374 } 10375 } 10376 } 10377 } 10378 10379 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10380 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10381 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10382 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10383 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10384 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10385 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10386 // struct or something similar. 10387 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10388 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10389 *Name)) { 10390 bool SafeToContinue 10391 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10392 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10393 if (SafeToContinue) 10394 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10395 << Name 10396 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10397 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10398 else 10399 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10400 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10401 10402 if (SafeToContinue) 10403 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10404 else { 10405 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10406 Name = 0; 10407 Previous.clear(); 10408 Invalid = true; 10409 } 10410 } 10411 10412 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10413 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10414 10415 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10416 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10417 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10418 if (ScopedEnum) 10419 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10420 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10422 return PrevTagDecl; 10423 } 10424 10425 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10426 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10427 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10428 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10429 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10430 10431 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10432 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10433 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10434 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10435 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10436 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10437 } 10438 10439 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10440 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10441 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10442 // and then later defined. 10443 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10444 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10446 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10447 } 10448 10449 if (!Invalid) { 10450 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10451 10452 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10453 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10454 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10455 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10456 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10457 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10458 return PrevTagDecl; 10459 10460 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10461 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10462 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10463 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10464 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10465 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10466 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10467 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10468 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10469 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10470 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10471 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10472 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10473 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10474 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10475 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10476 } 10477 10478 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10479 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10480 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10481 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10483 else 10484 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10485 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10486 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10487 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10488 // references get the previous definition. 10489 Name = 0; 10490 Previous.clear(); 10491 Invalid = true; 10492 } 10493 } else { 10494 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10495 // about a nested redefinition. 10496 const TagType *Tag 10497 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10498 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10499 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10500 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10501 diag::note_previous_definition); 10502 Name = 0; 10503 Previous.clear(); 10504 Invalid = true; 10505 } 10506 } 10507 10508 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10509 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10510 } 10511 } 10512 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10513 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10514 10515 } else { 10516 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10517 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10518 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10519 // have distinct types. 10520 Previous.clear(); 10521 } 10522 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10523 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10524 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10525 10526 10527 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10528 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10529 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10530 } else { 10531 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10532 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10533 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10534 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10535 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10536 unsigned Kind = 0; 10537 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10538 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10539 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10540 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10541 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10542 Invalid = true; 10543 10544 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10545 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10546 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10547 // do nothing 10548 10549 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10550 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10551 unsigned Kind = 0; 10552 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10553 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10554 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10555 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10556 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10557 Invalid = true; 10558 10559 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10560 // case here. 10561 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10562 unsigned Kind = 0; 10563 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10565 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10566 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10567 Invalid = true; 10568 10569 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10570 } else { 10571 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10572 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10574 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10575 Name = 0; 10576 Invalid = true; 10577 } 10578 10579 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10580 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10581 Previous.clear(); 10582 } 10583 } 10584 10585 CreateNewDecl: 10586 10587 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10588 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10589 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10590 10591 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10592 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10593 // keyword. 10594 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10595 10596 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10597 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10598 // PrevDecl. 10599 TagDecl *New; 10600 10601 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10602 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10603 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10604 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10605 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10606 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10607 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10608 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10609 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10610 TagDecl *Def; 10611 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10612 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10613 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10614 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10615 } 10616 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10617 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10618 << New; 10619 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10620 } else { 10621 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10622 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10623 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10624 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10625 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10626 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10627 10628 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10629 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10630 // the declaration context. 10631 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10632 IsForwardReference = true; 10633 } 10634 } 10635 10636 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10637 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10638 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10639 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10640 else 10641 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10642 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10643 } 10644 10645 } else { 10646 // struct/union/class 10647 10648 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10649 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10650 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10651 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10652 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10653 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10654 10655 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10656 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10657 } else 10658 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10659 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10660 } 10661 10662 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10663 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10664 if (SS.isSet()) { 10665 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10666 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10667 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10668 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10669 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10670 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10671 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10672 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10673 Invalid = true; 10674 10675 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10676 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10677 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10678 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10679 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10680 } 10681 } 10682 else 10683 Invalid = true; 10684 } 10685 10686 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10687 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10688 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10689 // 10690 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10691 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10692 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10693 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10694 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10695 // parsing of the struct). 10696 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10697 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10698 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10699 } 10700 } 10701 10702 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10703 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10704 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10705 << 2 10706 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10707 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10708 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10709 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10710 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10711 New->setModulePrivate(); 10712 } 10713 10714 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10715 // check the specialization. 10716 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10717 Invalid = true; 10718 10719 if (Invalid) 10720 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10721 10722 if (Attr) 10723 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10724 10725 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10726 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10727 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10728 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10729 10730 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10731 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10732 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10733 10734 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10735 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10736 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10737 // the tag name visible. 10738 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10739 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10740 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10741 10742 // Set the access specifier. 10743 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10744 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10745 10746 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10747 New->startDefinition(); 10748 10749 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10750 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10751 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10752 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10753 if (PrevDecl) 10754 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10755 10756 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10757 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10758 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10759 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10760 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10761 } else if (Name) { 10762 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10763 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10764 if (IsForwardReference) 10765 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10766 10767 } else { 10768 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10769 } 10770 10771 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10772 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10773 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10774 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10775 II->isStr("FILE")) 10776 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10777 10778 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10779 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10780 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10781 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10782 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10783 10784 if (PrevDecl) 10785 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10786 10787 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10788 // record. 10789 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10790 10791 OwnedDecl = true; 10792 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10793 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10794 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10795 } 10796 10797 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10798 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10799 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10800 10801 // Enter the tag context. 10802 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10803 10804 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10805 10806 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10807 // record. 10808 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10809 } 10810 10811 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10812 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10813 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10814 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10815 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10816 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10817 CurContext = OCD; 10818 return IDecl; 10819 } 10820 10821 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10822 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10823 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10824 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10825 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10826 10827 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10828 10829 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10830 return; 10831 10832 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10833 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10834 10835 // C++ [class]p2: 10836 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10837 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10838 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10839 // as if it were a public member name. 10840 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10841 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10842 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10843 Record->getIdentifier(), 10844 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10845 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10846 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10847 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10848 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10849 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10850 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10851 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10852 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10853 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10854 } 10855 10856 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10857 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10858 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10859 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10860 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10861 10862 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10863 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10864 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10865 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10866 RD->completeDefinition(); 10867 } 10868 10869 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10870 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10871 10872 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10873 PopDeclContext(); 10874 10875 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10876 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10877 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10878 10879 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10880 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 10881 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10882 } 10883 10884 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10885 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10886 PopDeclContext(); 10887 } 10888 10889 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10890 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10891 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10892 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10893 } 10894 10895 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10896 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10897 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10898 } 10899 10900 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10901 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10902 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10903 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10904 10905 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10906 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10907 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10908 RD->completeDefinition(); 10909 } 10910 10911 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10912 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10913 // the FieldCollector. 10914 10915 PopDeclContext(); 10916 } 10917 10918 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10919 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10920 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10921 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 10922 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 10923 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10924 if (ZeroWidth) 10925 *ZeroWidth = true; 10926 10927 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10928 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10929 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10930 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10931 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10932 return ExprError(); 10933 if (FieldName) 10934 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10935 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10936 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10937 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10938 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10939 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10940 return ExprError(); 10941 10942 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10943 // it now. 10944 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10945 return Owned(BitWidth); 10946 10947 llvm::APSInt Value; 10948 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10949 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10950 return ICE; 10951 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10952 10953 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10954 *ZeroWidth = false; 10955 10956 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10957 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10958 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10959 10960 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10961 if (FieldName) 10962 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10963 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10964 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10965 << Value.toString(10); 10966 } 10967 10968 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10969 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10970 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10971 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) { 10972 if (FieldName) 10973 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10974 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10975 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10976 10977 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10978 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10979 } 10980 10981 if (FieldName) 10982 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10983 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10984 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10985 else 10986 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10987 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10988 } 10989 } 10990 10991 return Owned(BitWidth); 10992 } 10993 10994 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10995 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10996 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10997 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10998 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10999 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11000 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11001 return Res; 11002 } 11003 11004 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11005 /// 11006 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11007 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11008 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11009 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11010 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11011 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11012 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11013 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11014 11015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11016 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11017 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11018 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11019 11020 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11021 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11022 D.setInvalidType(); 11023 T = Context.IntTy; 11024 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11025 } 11026 } 11027 11028 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11029 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11030 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11031 D.setInvalidType(); 11032 } 11033 11034 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11035 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11036 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11038 D.setInvalidType(); 11039 } 11040 11041 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11042 11043 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11044 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11045 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11046 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11047 11048 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11049 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11050 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11051 LookupName(Previous, S); 11052 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11053 case LookupResult::Found: 11054 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11055 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11056 break; 11057 11058 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11059 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11060 break; 11061 11062 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11063 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11064 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11065 break; 11066 } 11067 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11068 11069 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11070 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11071 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11072 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11073 PrevDecl = 0; 11074 } 11075 11076 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11077 PrevDecl = 0; 11078 11079 bool Mutable 11080 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11081 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11082 FieldDecl *NewFD 11083 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11084 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11085 11086 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11087 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11088 11089 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11090 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11091 11092 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11093 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11094 // with the same name in the same scope. 11095 } else if (II) { 11096 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11097 } else 11098 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11099 11100 return NewFD; 11101 } 11102 11103 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11104 /// 11105 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11106 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11107 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11108 /// created. 11109 /// 11110 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11111 /// 11112 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11113 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11114 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11115 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11116 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11117 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11118 SourceLocation TSSL, 11119 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11120 Declarator *D) { 11121 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11122 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11123 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11124 11125 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11126 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11127 if (T.isNull()) { 11128 InvalidDecl = true; 11129 T = Context.IntTy; 11130 } 11131 11132 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11133 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11134 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11135 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11136 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11137 InvalidDecl = true; 11138 } else { 11139 NamedDecl *Def; 11140 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11141 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11142 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11143 InvalidDecl = true; 11144 } 11145 } 11146 } 11147 11148 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11149 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11151 InvalidDecl = true; 11152 } 11153 11154 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11155 // than a variably modified type. 11156 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11157 bool SizeIsNegative; 11158 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11159 11160 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11161 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11162 SizeIsNegative, 11163 Oversized); 11164 if (FixedTInfo) { 11165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11166 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11167 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11168 } else { 11169 if (SizeIsNegative) 11170 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11171 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11173 << Oversized.toString(10); 11174 else 11175 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11176 InvalidDecl = true; 11177 } 11178 } 11179 11180 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11181 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11182 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11183 AbstractFieldType)) 11184 InvalidDecl = true; 11185 11186 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11187 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11188 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11189 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11190 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11191 if (!BitWidth) { 11192 InvalidDecl = true; 11193 BitWidth = 0; 11194 ZeroWidth = false; 11195 } 11196 } 11197 11198 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11199 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11200 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11201 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11202 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11203 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11204 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11205 11206 if (DiagID) { 11207 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11208 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11209 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11210 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11211 Mutable = false; 11212 InvalidDecl = true; 11213 } 11214 } 11215 11216 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11217 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11218 if (InvalidDecl) 11219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11220 11221 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11222 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11223 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11224 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11225 } 11226 11227 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11228 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11229 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11230 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11231 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11232 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11233 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11234 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11235 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11236 // objects. 11237 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11238 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11239 } 11240 } 11241 11242 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11243 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11244 // enabled. 11245 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11246 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11247 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11248 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11249 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11250 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11251 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11252 } 11253 } 11254 } 11255 11256 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11257 // representation, not a parser representation. 11258 if (D) { 11259 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11260 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11261 11262 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11263 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11264 } 11265 11266 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11267 // retainable type. 11268 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11269 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11270 11271 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11272 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11273 11274 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11275 return NewFD; 11276 } 11277 11278 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11279 assert(FD); 11280 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11281 11282 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11283 return false; 11284 11285 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11286 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11287 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11288 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11289 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11290 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11291 // copy constructors. 11292 11293 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11294 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11295 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11296 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11297 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11298 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11299 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11300 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11301 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11302 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11303 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11304 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11305 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11306 member = CXXDestructor; 11307 11308 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11309 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11310 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11311 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11312 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11313 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11314 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11315 // members unavailable. 11316 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11317 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11318 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11319 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 11320 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11321 return false; 11322 } 11323 } 11324 11325 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11326 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11327 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11328 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11329 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11330 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11331 } 11332 } 11333 } 11334 11335 return false; 11336 } 11337 11338 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11339 /// AST enum value. 11340 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11341 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11342 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11343 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11344 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11345 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11346 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11347 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11348 } 11349 } 11350 11351 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11352 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11353 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11354 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11355 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11356 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11357 11358 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11359 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11360 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11361 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11362 11363 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11364 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11365 11366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11367 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11368 11369 if (BitWidth) { 11370 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11371 BitWidth = 11372 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct=*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11373 if (!BitWidth) 11374 D.setInvalidType(); 11375 } else { 11376 // Not a bitfield. 11377 11378 // validate II. 11379 11380 } 11381 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11382 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11383 D.setInvalidType(); 11384 } 11385 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11386 // than a variably modified type. 11387 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11388 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11389 D.setInvalidType(); 11390 } 11391 11392 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11393 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11394 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11395 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11396 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11397 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11398 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11399 return 0; 11400 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11401 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11402 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11403 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11404 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11405 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11406 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11407 } 11408 else 11409 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11410 } else { 11411 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11412 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11413 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11414 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11415 return 0; 11416 } 11417 } 11418 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11419 } 11420 11421 // Construct the decl. 11422 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11423 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11424 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11425 11426 if (II) { 11427 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11428 ForRedeclaration); 11429 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11430 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11431 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11432 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11433 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11434 } 11435 } 11436 11437 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11438 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11439 11440 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11441 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11442 11443 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11444 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11445 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11446 11447 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11448 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11449 11450 if (II) { 11451 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11452 // these to the interface. 11453 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11454 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11455 } 11456 11457 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11458 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11459 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11460 11461 return NewID; 11462 } 11463 11464 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11465 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11466 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11467 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11468 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11469 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11470 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11471 return; 11472 11473 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11474 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11475 11476 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11477 return; 11478 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11479 if (!ID) { 11480 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11481 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11482 return; 11483 } 11484 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11485 else 11486 return; 11487 } 11488 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11489 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11490 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11491 11492 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11493 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11494 Context.CharTy, 11495 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11496 DeclLoc), 11497 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11498 true); 11499 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11500 } 11501 11502 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11503 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11504 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11505 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11506 11507 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11508 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11509 // it will now change. 11510 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11511 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11512 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11513 default: break; 11514 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11515 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11516 break; 11517 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11518 Context. 11519 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11520 break; 11521 } 11522 } 11523 11524 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11525 11526 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11527 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11528 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11529 if (Record) { 11530 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11531 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11532 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11533 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11534 ++NumNamedMembers; 11535 } 11536 } 11537 11538 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11539 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11540 11541 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11542 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11543 i != end; ++i) { 11544 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11545 11546 // Get the type for the field. 11547 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11548 11549 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11550 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11551 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11552 } 11553 11554 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11555 // diagnostics about it. 11556 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11557 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11558 continue; 11559 } 11560 11561 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11562 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11563 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11564 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11565 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11566 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11567 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11568 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11569 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11570 // array. 11571 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11572 // Field declared as a function. 11573 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11574 << FD->getDeclName(); 11575 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11576 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11577 continue; 11578 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11579 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11580 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11581 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11582 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11583 // Flexible array member. 11584 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11585 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11586 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11587 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11588 if (Record->isUnion()) 11589 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11590 << FD->getDeclName(); 11591 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11592 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11593 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11594 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11595 if (Record->isUnion()) 11596 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11597 << FD->getDeclName(); 11598 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11599 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11600 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11601 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11602 if (Record->isUnion()) 11603 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11604 << FD->getDeclName(); 11605 else 11606 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11607 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11608 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11610 << FD->getDeclName(); 11611 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11612 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11613 continue; 11614 } 11615 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11616 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11618 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11619 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11620 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11621 continue; 11622 } 11623 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11624 if (Record) 11625 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11626 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11627 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11628 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11629 // Incomplete type 11630 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11631 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11632 continue; 11633 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11634 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11635 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11636 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11637 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11638 } else { 11639 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11640 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11641 // structures. 11642 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11643 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11644 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11645 else { 11646 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11647 // other structs as an extension. 11648 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11649 << FD->getDeclName(); 11650 if (Record) 11651 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11652 } 11653 } 11654 } 11655 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11656 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11657 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11658 AbstractIvarType)) { 11659 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11660 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11661 } 11662 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11663 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11664 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11665 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11666 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11667 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11668 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11669 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11670 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11671 FD->setType(T); 11672 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11673 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11674 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11675 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11676 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11677 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11678 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11679 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11680 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11681 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11682 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11683 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11684 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11685 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11686 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11687 } 11688 } else { 11689 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11690 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11691 } 11692 ARCErrReported = true; 11693 } 11694 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11695 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11696 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11697 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11698 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11699 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11700 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11701 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11702 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11703 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11704 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11705 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11706 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11707 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11708 } 11709 } 11710 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11711 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11712 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11713 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11714 ++NumNamedMembers; 11715 } 11716 11717 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11718 if (Record) { 11719 bool Completed = false; 11720 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11721 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11722 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11723 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11724 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11725 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11726 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11727 11728 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11729 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11730 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11731 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11732 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11733 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11734 11735 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11736 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11737 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11738 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11739 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11740 } 11741 11742 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11743 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11744 11745 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11746 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11747 // problem now. 11748 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11749 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11750 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11751 11752 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11753 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11754 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11755 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11756 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11757 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11758 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11759 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11760 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11761 continue; 11762 11763 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11764 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11765 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11766 // program is ill-formed. 11767 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11768 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11769 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11770 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11771 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11772 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11773 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11774 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11775 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11776 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11777 11778 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11779 } 11780 } 11781 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11782 Completed = true; 11783 } 11784 } 11785 } 11786 } 11787 11788 if (!Completed) 11789 Record->completeDefinition(); 11790 11791 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11792 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11793 11794 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11795 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11796 bool ZeroSize = true; 11797 bool IsEmpty = true; 11798 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 11799 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11800 E = Record->field_end(); 11801 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 11802 IsEmpty = false; 11803 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11804 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11805 ZeroSize = false; 11806 } else { 11807 ++NonBitFields; 11808 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 11809 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 11810 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 11811 ZeroSize = false; 11812 } 11813 } 11814 11815 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11816 // C++. 11817 if (ZeroSize) 11818 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 11819 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 11820 11821 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11822 // are accepted by GCC. 11823 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 11824 if (IsEmpty) 11825 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11826 else 11827 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11828 } 11829 } 11830 } else { 11831 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11832 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11833 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11834 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11835 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11836 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11837 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11838 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11839 } 11840 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11841 // duplicates. 11842 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11843 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11844 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11845 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11846 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11847 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11848 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11849 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11850 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11851 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11852 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11853 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11854 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11855 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11856 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11857 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11858 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11859 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11860 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11861 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11862 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11863 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11864 if (IDecl) { 11865 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11866 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11867 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11868 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11869 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11870 continue; 11871 } 11872 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11873 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11874 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11875 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11876 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11877 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11878 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11879 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11880 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11881 continue; 11882 } 11883 } 11884 } 11885 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11886 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11887 } 11888 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11889 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11890 } 11891 } 11892 11893 if (Attr) 11894 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11895 } 11896 11897 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11898 /// the given type T. 11899 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11900 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11901 QualType T) { 11902 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11903 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11904 11905 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11906 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11907 --BitWidth; 11908 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11909 } 11910 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11911 } 11912 11913 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11914 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11915 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11916 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11917 // enum checking below. 11918 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11919 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11920 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11921 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11922 }; 11923 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11924 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11925 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11926 }; 11927 11928 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11929 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11930 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11931 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11932 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11933 return Types[I]; 11934 11935 return QualType(); 11936 } 11937 11938 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11939 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11940 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11941 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11942 Expr *Val) { 11943 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11944 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11945 QualType EltTy; 11946 11947 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11948 Val = 0; 11949 11950 if (Val) 11951 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11952 11953 if (Val) { 11954 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11955 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11956 else { 11957 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11958 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11959 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11960 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11961 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11962 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11963 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11964 ExprResult Converted = 11965 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11966 CCEK_Enumerator); 11967 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11968 Val = 0; 11969 else 11970 Val = Converted.take(); 11971 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11972 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11973 &EnumVal).take())) { 11974 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11975 } else { 11976 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11977 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11978 11979 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11980 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11981 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11982 // expression checking. 11983 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11984 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11985 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11986 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11987 } else 11988 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11989 } else 11990 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11991 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11992 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11993 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11994 // is the type of its initializing value: 11995 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11996 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11997 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11998 } else { 11999 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12000 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12001 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12002 // representable as an int. 12003 12004 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12005 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12006 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12007 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12008 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12009 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12010 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12011 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12012 } 12013 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12014 } 12015 } 12016 } 12017 } 12018 12019 if (!Val) { 12020 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12021 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12022 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12023 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12024 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12025 // is the type of its initializing value: 12026 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12027 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12028 // 12029 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12030 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12031 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12032 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12033 } 12034 else { 12035 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12036 } 12037 } else { 12038 // Assign the last value + 1. 12039 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12040 ++EnumVal; 12041 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12042 12043 // Check for overflow on increment. 12044 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12045 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12046 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12047 // is the type of its initializing value: 12048 // 12049 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12050 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12051 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12052 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12053 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12054 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12055 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12056 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12057 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12058 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12059 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12060 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12061 ++EnumVal; 12062 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12063 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12064 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12065 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12066 << EltTy; 12067 else 12068 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 12069 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12070 } else { 12071 EltTy = T; 12072 } 12073 12074 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12075 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12076 // value, then increment. 12077 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12078 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12079 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12080 ++EnumVal; 12081 12082 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12083 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12084 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12085 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12086 // integral type. 12087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12088 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12089 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12090 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12091 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12092 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12093 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12094 } 12095 } 12096 } 12097 12098 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12099 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12100 // enumerator's type. 12101 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12102 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12103 } 12104 12105 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12106 Val, EnumVal); 12107 } 12108 12109 12110 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12111 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12112 AttributeList *Attr, 12113 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12114 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12115 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12116 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12117 12118 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12119 // we find one that is. 12120 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12121 12122 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12123 // scope. 12124 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12125 ForRedeclaration); 12126 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12127 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12128 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12129 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12130 PrevDecl = 0; 12131 } 12132 12133 if (PrevDecl) { 12134 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12135 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12136 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12137 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12138 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12139 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12140 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12141 else 12142 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12143 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12144 return 0; 12145 } 12146 } 12147 12148 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12149 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12150 // different from T: 12151 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12152 // enumerated type 12153 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12154 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12155 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12156 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12157 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12158 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12159 12160 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12161 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12162 12163 if (New) { 12164 // Process attributes. 12165 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12166 12167 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12168 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12169 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12170 } 12171 12172 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12173 12174 return New; 12175 } 12176 12177 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12178 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12179 // Element2 = Element1 12180 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12181 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12182 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12183 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12184 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12185 if (!InitExpr) 12186 return true; 12187 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12188 12189 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12190 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12191 return true; 12192 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12193 if (!IL) 12194 return true; 12195 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12196 return true; 12197 12198 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12199 } 12200 12201 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12202 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12203 if (!DRE) 12204 return true; 12205 12206 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12207 if (!EnumConstant) 12208 return true; 12209 12210 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12211 Enum) 12212 return true; 12213 12214 return false; 12215 } 12216 12217 struct DupKey { 12218 int64_t val; 12219 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12220 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12221 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12222 }; 12223 12224 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12225 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12226 false); 12227 } 12228 12229 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12230 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12231 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12232 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12233 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12234 } 12235 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12236 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12237 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12238 } 12239 }; 12240 12241 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12242 // a previous element has already been set to. 12243 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12244 EnumDecl *Enum, 12245 QualType EnumType) { 12246 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12247 Enum->getLocation()) == 12248 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12249 return; 12250 // Avoid anonymous enums 12251 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12252 return; 12253 12254 // Only check for small enums. 12255 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12256 return; 12257 12258 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12259 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12260 12261 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12262 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12263 ValueToVectorMap; 12264 12265 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12266 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12267 12268 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12269 // an initialier. 12270 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12271 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12272 12273 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12274 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12275 if (!ECD) { 12276 return; 12277 } 12278 12279 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12280 continue; 12281 12282 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12283 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12284 12285 // First time encountering this value. 12286 if (Entry.isNull()) 12287 Entry = ECD; 12288 } 12289 12290 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12291 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12292 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12293 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12294 continue; 12295 12296 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12297 12298 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12299 if (Entry.isNull()) 12300 continue; 12301 12302 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12303 // Ensure constants are different. 12304 if (D == ECD) 12305 continue; 12306 12307 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12308 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12309 Vec->push_back(D); 12310 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12311 12312 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12313 Entry = Vec; 12314 12315 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12316 // diagnostics. 12317 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12318 continue; 12319 } 12320 12321 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12322 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12323 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12324 continue; 12325 12326 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12327 } 12328 12329 // Emit diagnostics. 12330 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12331 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12332 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12333 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12334 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12335 12336 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12337 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12338 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12339 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12340 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12341 ++I; 12342 12343 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12344 // the same value. 12345 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12346 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12347 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12348 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12349 delete Vec; 12350 } 12351 } 12352 12353 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12354 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12355 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12356 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12357 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12358 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12359 12360 if (Attr) 12361 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12362 12363 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12364 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12365 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12366 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12367 if (!ECD) continue; 12368 12369 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12370 } 12371 12372 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12373 return; 12374 } 12375 12376 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12377 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12378 // emit a warning. 12379 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12380 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12381 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12382 12383 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12384 // reverse the list. 12385 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12386 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12387 12388 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12389 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12390 12391 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12392 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12393 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12394 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12395 12396 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12397 12398 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12399 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12400 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12401 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12402 else 12403 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12404 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12405 12406 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12407 if (AllElementsInt) 12408 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12409 } 12410 12411 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12412 QualType BestType; 12413 unsigned BestWidth; 12414 12415 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12416 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12417 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12418 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12419 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12420 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12421 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12422 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12423 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12424 QualType BestPromotionType; 12425 12426 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12427 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12428 // enum definitions. 12429 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12430 Packed = true; 12431 12432 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12433 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12434 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12435 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12436 else 12437 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12438 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12439 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12440 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12441 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12442 } 12443 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12444 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12445 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12446 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12447 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12448 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12449 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12450 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12451 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12452 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12453 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12454 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12455 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12456 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12457 } else { 12458 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12459 12460 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12461 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12462 } else { 12463 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12464 12465 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12466 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12467 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12468 } 12469 } 12470 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12471 } else { 12472 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12473 // all of the enumerator values. 12474 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12475 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12476 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12477 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12478 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12479 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12480 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12481 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12482 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12483 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12484 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12485 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12486 BestPromotionType 12487 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12488 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12489 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12490 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12491 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12492 BestPromotionType 12493 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12494 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12495 } else { 12496 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12497 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12498 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12499 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12500 BestPromotionType 12501 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12502 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12503 } 12504 } 12505 12506 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12507 // the type of the enum if needed. 12508 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12509 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12510 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12511 12512 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12513 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12514 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12515 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12516 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12517 12518 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12519 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12520 12521 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12522 // the enum decl type. 12523 QualType NewTy; 12524 unsigned NewWidth; 12525 bool NewSign; 12526 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12527 !Enum->isFixed() && 12528 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12529 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12530 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12531 NewSign = true; 12532 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12533 // Already the right type! 12534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12535 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12536 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12537 // enumeration. 12538 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12539 continue; 12540 } else { 12541 NewTy = BestType; 12542 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12543 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12544 } 12545 12546 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12547 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12548 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12549 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12550 12551 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12552 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12553 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12554 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12555 CK_IntegralCast, 12556 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12557 /*base paths*/ 0, 12558 VK_RValue)); 12559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12560 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12561 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12562 // enumeration. 12563 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12564 else 12565 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12566 } 12567 12568 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12569 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12570 12571 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12572 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12573 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12574 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12575 12576 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12577 12578 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12579 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12580 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12581 } 12582 12583 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12584 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12585 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12586 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12587 12588 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12589 AsmString, StartLoc, 12590 EndLoc); 12591 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12592 return New; 12593 } 12594 12595 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12596 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12597 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12598 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12599 Module::AllVisible, 12600 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12601 if (!Mod) 12602 return true; 12603 12604 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12605 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12606 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12607 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12608 // We need the length to be consistent. 12609 if (!ModCheck) 12610 break; 12611 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12612 12613 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12614 } 12615 12616 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12617 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12618 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12619 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12620 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12621 return Import; 12622 } 12623 12624 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12625 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12626 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12627 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12628 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12629 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12630 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12631 12632 // Make the module visible. 12633 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12634 /*Complain=*/false); 12635 } 12636 12637 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12638 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12639 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12640 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12641 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12642 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12643 LookupOrdinaryName); 12644 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12645 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12646 12647 if (PrevDecl) 12648 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12649 else 12650 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12651 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12652 } 12653 12654 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12655 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12656 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12657 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12658 12659 if (PrevDecl) { 12660 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12661 } else { 12662 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12663 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12664 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12665 } 12666 } 12667 12668 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12669 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12670 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12671 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12672 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12673 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12674 LookupOrdinaryName); 12675 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12676 12677 if (PrevDecl) { 12678 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12679 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12680 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12681 } else { 12682 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12683 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12684 } 12685 } 12686 12687 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12688 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12689 } 12690 12691 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12692 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12693 return D->getAvailability(); 12694 } 12695